Home

Brother MFC8820D All in One Printer User Manual

1. saaa 2 SSS 0 ober ys 22 BEBO o Ve Za CM K AE oo y i a A NS q T LS j oe i A Y Dons gt a SS N T A bos 2 Holddown the lock lever on the right and pull the toner cartndge out of the drum unit Lock Lever Caution Handle the toner cartridge carefully If toner scatters on your hands or clothes immediately wipe it off or wash it with cold water 22 30 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 3 Unpack the new toner cartridge Place the used toner cartridge into the aluminum bag and discard it according to local regulations Caution E Wait to unpack the toner cartridge until immediately before you install it in the MFC If atoner cartridge is left unpacked for a long period of time the toner life is shortened E Brother strongly recommends that you do not refill the toner cartridge provided with your MFC We also strongly recommend that you continue to use only Genuine Brother Brand replacement toner cartridges TN 530 or TN 560 Using or attempting to use potentially incompatible toner and or toner cartridges in your MFC may cause damage to the machine itself and or it may result in unsatisfactory print quality Our warranty coverage does not apply to any problem that was caused by the use of unauthorized third party toner and toner cartridges To protect your investmen
2. 22 28 22 29 tray use setting CODY verter teeta 4 11 TAG oaae pa 4 12 troubleshooting 00 22 1 error messages on LCD 22 1 if you are having difficulty incoming calls 22 14 paper handling 22 16 phone line difficulties 22 13 printer difficulties 22 15 printing or receiving faxes E E EAT 22 13 two line phone system 1 19 Volume setting 08 4 8 beeper ceccceee ceeeeeeseeeees 4 8 RE PE EO E A E 4 8 speaker ceseceeceeeeeeeeeeens 4 9 Warranties 0 cccececeeeeeees iii Canada oannnnooennnoennnnnnennn vi Notice Disclaimer ii UA E IV World Wide Web 0005 INDEX 1 5 Remote Retrieval Access card If you plan to receive fax messages while away from your MFC carrying the Remote Retrieval Access Card printed below will serve as aconvenient reminder of the retrieval procedures Simply cut out the card and fold it to fit your wallet or organizer Keeping it handy will help you derive the full benefit of your MFC s Forwarding Pagingand Remote Retrieval features l dn Suey 9 Ystu NOX UIM JAW MO PSA 01 Q G SSA G puewuo g 13409 sdooq WoYs 7 YY P sagessa ON sd q ON sasessoul xe g daoq suo POATIIAI II SISVSSAL JO SPUTY OY s eUSIS DAW MOA EF Aq pamoy o syISIp apod ssad0Vy JOWI MOK 1909 ATOJeIpouIUMT sIaMsue DAI INOA UAM Z
3. ccccccesseeeeseeeees 1 15 Connecting the MFC cccccscceeceeceseesseceeseesseaeeneeaees 1 15 Connecting an external telephone cccesceeees 1 15 Connecting an external telephone answering device UPD ee ctccrsh Seconds acteiqenesados edwoacesadasis c21aceasaaacoseeesies 1 16 SEGUEN eiser T 1 16 COMME CHIONS 00 0 ecceceececsec eee ecaeeeeseeeeseeaseaesseaeenenenes 1 18 Recording outgoing message OGM on an external TAD tee cisco es gat ane ceeeecee ena seaeanacedeareee cee 1 18 Special line considerations cs ccc eececseeeeseeeeseeaees 1 19 Roll over phone INGS ccececec cease eseeaeaeeeseneeaees 1 19 Two line phone system ccc eceececeeeeteeeeteeenteeaees 1 19 Converting telephone wall outlets 008 1 20 Installing MFC external two line tad and two line TEIQPNONG cee cccececeesceeceseeaceeaesneacseaeaeseserenanes 1 21 Multi line connections PBX ccccce cesses eeneeaees 1 22 If you are installing the MFC to work with a PBX 1 22 Custom features on your phone Iin cee 1 22 f PDO oeio EEEE E EE 2 1 About paper sfecenceveiesccsescseevcneds seed canddiaddeweasieniewsndinaddessteinsies 2 1 Type and size Of Papel cee cececcceeceeseeaeeeseeseeereeaseees 2 1 Recommended paper cecccsec esse eaececseaeareecuseeaneees 2 1 Choosing acceptable Paper ccccecceseeecseeesseceeseaeeees 2 2 Paper capacity of the paper t
4. Face down output tray The MFC ejects paper with printed surfaces face down into the output tray in the front of the MFC Unfold the support flap to support the printed pages a When printing transparencies remove each one from the support flap after it exits the MFC Support Flap with Extension 11 4 USING THE MFC ASA PRINTER Printing on plain paper The manual feed tray For MFC 8420 o4 The MFC automatically turns on the Manual Feed mode when you put paper in the manual feed tray Select the Paper Size Media Type Paper Source and other settings in the printer driver Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source Manual 2 Send the print data to the MFC 3 Open the manual feed tray Slide the paper guides to fit the paper size Using both hands put paper in the manual feed tray until the front edge of the paper touches the paper feed roller and the MFC grips the paper A E Make sure that the paper is straight and in the proper position on the manual feed tray If it is not the paper may not be fed properly resulting ina skewed printout or a paper jam E Do not put more than one piece of paper inthe manual feed tray at any one time or it may cause a jam 5 Afterthe printed page comes out of the MFC put in the next sheet of paper as in Step 4 above Repeat for each page that you want to print USING THE MFC AS APRINTER 11 5 The MP tray For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN a The MFC automatically
5. ceeeeeeeeeees 13 23 IMPONG ciii 13 22 PC FAX For Windows 17 1 receiving nesses 17 18 sending address book 17 7 Cover page 00 17 13 facsimile style 17 15 GQlOUD aami 17 9 setting UP ee 17 13 simple style 17 16 phone line CONNECTIONS n eee 1 18 difficulties 00 22 13 multi line PBX 1 22 roll over lines 6 1 19 two line phone system 1 19 Polling receiving ceecccceeeeeeeeee eene 5 9 sequential receiving 5 10 power CUE Is eee E ee ere arte ete 3 1 print VCO miena 10 1 ifficulty esnia 22 13 AVO oain 12 1 emulation Windows EN 11 1 11 17 12 17 Emulation Selection 11 17 envelopes eee eee 11 11 fax from memory 6 5 5 improving the print quality A EEE E AE 22 18 AIS a 22 6 22 11 manual feed tray 11 5 multi purpose tray 11 6 on thick paper 11 7 l 4 INDEX reports and lists 11 18 resolution ccccceeee anenee S 5 Secure key cceeee 11 16 Specifications 0 000 S 5 two sided duplex printing P E E EAE E E 11 3 print media 000 nanen 2 1 printer driver 0006 12 17 PS printer driver 12 17 Quality key copying 10 6 Receive mode External TAD 0 5 1 Fax ONV 5 1 Fax Tel erinan 5 1 Manual cc
6. From To Address Resolution 300 dpi 600dpi HQ 1200 Paper Source Auto Select T MediaType Plain Paper Default O Toner Save Mode Mf Gray Scale Save Settings 4 If you want to change Copies Pages Resolution Paper Source and Media Type select your settings before clicking Print USING YOUR MFC WITH AMACINTOSH 18 3 Device Options allows you to select Duplex Device Options Layout eS Pages per Sheet FRE H fae sto i Ps 2 4 r Duplex O Print on Both Sides D Use Duplex Unit Manual Duplex E inch O Binding Offset mm Automatic Duplex is only available with the MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN 18 4 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH Using the Brother Printer Driver with Your Apple Macintosh Mac OS X Choosing page setup options From application software such as Presto PageManage click the File menu and select Page Setup Make sure MFC 8420 MFC 8820D or MFC 8820DN is selected in the Format for pop up menu You can change the settings for Paper Size Orientation and Scaling then click OK Settings Page Attributes PA Format for MFC XXXX B Brother MFL Pro Color Paper Size Letter ry 8 50 in x 11 00 in Orientation if Ja fe Scale 100 l 2 From application software such as Presto PageManage click File menu and select Print Click Print to start printing Printer MFC XXXX OO O A Presets Standard OOOO A Cop
7. Sort Nin 1 O G es ee eee A While the MFC is copying incoming faxes will be received into the memory instead of being printed 10 2 MAKING COPIES Making a single copy from the ADF 7 Press 5 Copy to illuminate it in green Place the original face up in the ADF 2 Press Start Do NOT pull on the original while copying is in progress o4 To stop copying and eject the original press Stop Exit Making multiple copies from the ADF Press j Copy to illuminate it in green Insert the original face up in the ADF 2 Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want up to 99 3 Press Start o4 To sort the copies press the Sort key MAKING COPIES 10 3 Single or multiple copies using the scanner glass You can make multiple copies using the scanner glass Multiple copies will be stacked all copies of page 1 then all copies of page 2 and so on Use the Temporary Copy keys to choose more settings See Using the copy keys Temporary settings on page 10 6 7 Press 25 Copy to illuminate it in green Lift the Document Cover Place the originals Face Down on the Scanner Glass Document Guidelines oS BN an 2 Using the document guidelines on the left center the original face down on the scanner glass and close the document cover 3 Using the dial pad enter the number of copies you want up to 99 For example press 3 8 for 38 copies 4 Press Start The MFC will star
8. i PreScan Width 8 32 inches 2496 pixels Height 10 75 inches Resolution 3225 pixels 300 x 300 dpi Scan Type 24bit Color er Data Size 23 3 MB alaj 13 2 HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS Scanning a document into the PC You can scan a whole page OR Scan a portion of the page after pre scanning the document Scanning a whole page Place the original face up in the ADF automatic document feeder or face down on the scanner glass 2 Adjustthe following settings if required in the Scanner window E Image Type Resolution Scan Type Brightness Contrast Document Size a After you select a document size you can adjust the scanning area further by clicking the left mouse button and dragging it This is required when you want to crop an image when scanning See Settings in the Scanner window on page 13 6 3 Click the Start button in the scanner window When scanning is completed click Cancel to return to the PaperPort window HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 13 3 PreScanning to crop a portion you want to scan The Pre Scan button is used to preview an image for cropping any unwanted areas from the image When you are satisfied with the preview Click the Start button in the scanner window to scan the image 7 Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Scanning area 2 Select the settings for Image Type Resolution Scan Type Brightness and Contrast as
9. Brother MFC XXXX USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 5 Scan to E mail To configure the Scan to E mail feature left click on the Scan to E mail button and the following screen will appear You have the ability to change the configuration that includes the destination E mail application attachment file and the scanner settings Scan to Email ScanaActicn onliguration Scan Settings Applicatior Cutlook Express v Link 7references Fermal Folder Cancel To change the destination E mail application you use the Application pull down list to select the compatible E mail application which is installed on your system If you wish to change the attachment file type click on the Link Preferences button to display a list of file types 15 6 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER Scan to File SmartUl Hardware Section Software Section Hardware Buttons Exit Scan To E mail User Guide Restore Scan To Image Scan To OCR Brother MFC XXXX To configure the Scan to File feature left click on the Scan to File button and the following screen will appear Scan to File Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Application Format PaperPort Image Item max v Folder PaperPort Other Folder C Documents and Settings Administrator My Documents M Browse Select the file type for the saved image by selecting from the
10. Cancel A Scanning at resolutions greater than 1200dpi may cause problems with some scanning applications HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 13 15 Using the scan key For USB or Parallel interface cable users You can use Scan on the control panel to scan originals into your word processing graphics or E mail applications or your computer folder The advantage of using Scan is that you avoid the mouse clicks required to scan from your computer scan For Scan to E mail Scan to Image Scan to OCR and Scan to File Before you can use Scan on the control panel you must have connected the MFC to your Windows based computer and loaded the appropriate Brother Drivers for your version of Windows When you are ready to use Scan make sure the Brother Control Center application is running on your computer For details about how to configure the Brother Control Center buttons to launch the application of your choice using Scan go to the appropriate chapter E For Windows 95 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional and Windows NT WS 4 0 see Using the Brother Control Center for Windows 95 98 98S E Me 20 00 Professional and Windows NT WS 4 0 on page 14 1 E For Windows XP see Using the Windows Based Brother SmartUI Control Centeron page 15 1 E f your MFC is connected with both a USB and a Parallel cable you need to select USB or Parallel as the destination in each step 13 16 HOW TO SCAN USING WINDO
11. Press Set If your telephone number and fax number are the same enter the same number again a The telephone number you enter is only used for Cover Page features See Composing the electronic Cover Page on page 6 12 o4 You can not enter a hyphen 4 Use the dial pad to enter your name up to 20 characters Press Set See Entering text on page 4 3 5 Press Stop Exit The LCD will show the date and time A If the Station ID has already been programmed the LCD will ask you to press 1 to make a change or 2 to exit without changing 4 2 GETTING STARTED Entering text When you are setting certain functions such as the Station ID you may need to type text into the MFC Most number keys have three or four letters printed above them The keys for0 and donothave printed letters because they are used for special characters By pressing the appropriate number key repeatedly you can access the character you want Press Key one time two times three times four times 2 A B C 2 3 D E F 3 4 G H 4 5 J K L 5 6 M N O 6 7 P Q R S 8 T U V 8 9 W X Y Z Inserting spaces To entera space press once between numbers and twice between characters Making corrections If you entered a letter incorrectly and want to change it press to move the cursor under the incorrect character Then press Clear Back The letter above the cursor will be deleted Re enter the correct character Repeating letters If you need t
12. this Product e If you purchased a product from someone ather han an authorized brother reseller in the United States or if the product was used including but not limited to floor models or refurbished product prior to our purchase you are not the Origina Purchaser and the product that you purchased isnot ved by this T What is covered e This Product includes a Machine and Consumable and Accessory Items Consumable and Accessory Items include but are not limited to print heads toner drums ink cartridges print cartridges refill ribbons therma PLUS paper and thermal paper e Except as otherwise provided herein Broth er warrants that the Machine and the accompanyin Consumable and Accesso iz ms will be free from defectsin materials and workmanship when used under normal conditions e This warranty applies only to products purchased and used in the United States For products purchased in but used outside the United States this warranty covers only warranty service within the United States and does not include shipping outside the United States Whatis the length ofthe Warranty Periods e Machines one year from the original purchase date e Accompanying Consumable and Accessory Items 90 days from the original purchase date or the rated lfe of consumable whichever comes first What is NOT covered This warranty does not cover 1 Physical damage to this Product 2 Damage caused by improper insta
13. 1 2 W Press Menu 2 3 1 Press the One Touch key where you want to store the number Enter a number up to 20 digits and then press Set Enter a name or leave it blank and then press Set Press Stop Exit xi Storing Speed Dial numbers Press Menu 2 3 2 2 Enter a three digit Speed Dial number and then press Set 3 Enter anumber up to 20 digits and then press Set 4 Enter aname or leave it blank and then press Set 5 Press Stop Exit Dialing operations One Touch Dialing Speed Dialing If itis not illuminated in green press Fax 2 Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 3 Press the One Touch key of the number you want to call OR Press Search Speed Dial press and then press the three digit Speed Dial number 4 Press Start Using Search 7 if itis not illuminated in green press Z Fax 2 Press Search Speed Dial and then enter the first letter of the name you re looking for 3 Press lt gt or to search the memory 4 Press Start xii Making copies Single copy 7 Press jco py to illuminate it in green 2 Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 3 Press Start Sorting multiple copies Using the ADF 7 Press j Co py to illuminate it in green 2 Place the original face up in the ADF 3 Usethedial pad to enter the number of copies you want up to
14. On Limits the sizeof Off x E mail documents 3 Notification Sends notification cs messages 5 Setup Relay 1Rly Relays adocument Broadcast to another fax machine 2 Relay RelayXX Registers the Doma in Domain name 3 Relay On Prints the Relay Report Off Broadcast Report A The default settings are shown in Bold with x ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING 3 13 Stop Exit aeon lt lt Cc e to exit Menu Descriptio ns Selections 6 LAN 6 Setup Misc 1 Netware Select On to use the option MFC ona Netware Continued network 2 Net Frame Lets you specify the frame type 3 AppleTalk Select On to use the MF Con a Macintosh network 4 DLC LLC Select On to use the MFC ona DLC LLC network 5 Net BIOS Select On to use the IP MFC ona Net BIOS IP network 6 Et hernet Auto Selects Ethemet link 100B FD mode 100B HD 10B FD 10B HD 7 Time Zone GMT XX XX Sets the time zone for your country 7 Scan to PDF Selects the file type Email JPEG A The default settings are shown in Bold with x 3 14 ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING o4 If you have the optional paper tray the LCD displays these options Menu 1 7 Menu 1 8 For MFC 8420 with the optional paper tray 2 Menu Descriptions Selections 1 Gener al 7 Tray Tray 1 Only Select the tray that Setup Us e Copy Tray 2 Only will be used for Auto copying 8 Tray Tray 1 Only Select the tray that Us e Fax Tray 2 Only w
15. Red Scan lock Check that the scanner lock lever is released See Scanner Lock Leveron page 1 5 Others Check the LCD message See Troubleshooting on page 22 1 Out of memory Memory is full See Error messages on page 22 1 a When the power switch is off or the MFC is in Sleep mode the LED is off INTRODUCTION 1 12 About fax machines Custom features Do you have Voice Mail on the phone line If you have Voice Mail on the phone line where you will install your new MFC there is a strong possibility that Voice Mail and the MFC may conflict with each other while receiving incoming calls Why should there be problems Since both the MFC and Voice Mail will pick up the call after the number of rings you have set each of them has the ability to keep the other from receiving calls For example if your Voice Mail is set to answer after two rings and your MFC is set to answer after four your Voice Mail will stop your MFC from receiving faxes If you set Voice Mail and the Brother MFC to answer after the same number of rings there is no way of Knowing which one will answer first It is important to remember that neither Voice Mail nor the MFC can pass the call back to the other after the call has been answered How can you avoid possible problems A very good way to avoid problems like the one mentioned is to get a second phone number on your present phone line Many people with Voice Mail choose an alternati
16. Scanner Glass Width Max 8 5 216 mm Scanner Glass Height Max 14 0 856 mm 8 35 inches 212 mm 256 levels A Scanning directly to a networked PC is available with Windows 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional and XP A OS X scanning is supported in OS X 10 2 1 or greater S 4 SPECIFICATIONS Printer Emulation PCL6 Brother Printing System for Windows emulation mode of HP LaserJet and BR Script PostScript Level 3 Printer Driver Windows 95 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional XP and Windows NT Workstation Version 4 0 driver supporting Brother Native Compression mode and bi directional capability Apple Macintosh QuickDraw Driver and PostScript PPD for OS 8 6 9 2 0S X 10 1 10 2 1 or Greater Resolution HQ1200 Max 2400 x 600 dots inch Print Quality Normal printing mode Economy printing mode saves toner usage Print Speed Upto 17 pages minute letter size when loading paper from paper tray Duplex Printing Up to 8 5 pages minute MF C 8820Dand MFC 8820DN only 8 5 sides per minute 4 25 sheets per minute First Print Up to 12 seconds using letter size paper in paper tray Interfaces Interface Recommended Cable Parallel A bi directional shielded parallel cable that is IEEE 1284 compliant and not longer than 6 feet 2 m USB A Hi Speed USB 2 0 cable that is not longer than 6 feet 2 m Please make sure that you use a Hi Speed USB 2 0 certified cable if your computer uses a Hi Speed USB 2 0 interface a Eve
17. USING THE MFC AS APRINTER 11 15 Printer operation keys Job Cancel You can clear data from the memory oe Secure Job Cancel Secure key Secured data is password protected Only those people that know the password will be able to print the data The MFC will not print secure data until the password is entered After the document is printed the data will be cleared from the memory To use this function you need to set your password in the printer driver dialog box See Device Options on page 12 11 A The Secure Key function is not available when using the Brother BR Script driver Press Secure OR The LCD displays No Data if there is no secured data in the memory 2 Press or to select the Secure Print user name User Press Set The LCD displays job perce selections 3 Press or to select the Secure Print job Job Press Set The LCD prompts you o to enter your four digit password 11 16 USING THE MFC ASA PRINTER 4 Enter your password using the Secure Print control panel Testl Press Set Password XXXX 5 Press or to select Print Press Set The MFC prints the data OR If you want to delete the secured data press or to select Delete Press Stop Exit a E If you turn the power switch Off the secured data saved in memory will be cleared E After you print the secured data it will be cleared from memory Setting the Emulation Selection Thi
18. Zip Code Post Code os807 Country Region USA Business Phone 908 555 1234 Home Phone PO Fax 909 555 1234 Mobile Phone PO E Mail joe smith com MFCE MailAddess 0 Cancel 2 IntheMemb er Setup dialog box type the Member s information Name is a required field Click OK to save the information 17 8 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE Setting up a Group for Broadcasting If you often send the same PC FAX to several Members you can combine them in a Group Inthe Brother Address Book dialog box click the Ig Create a Group The Group Setup dialog box appears icon to Brother Address Book Group Setup Group Name eR Sales Available Names Group Members John Roller Joe Smith Add gt gt lt lt Remove Cancel Type the name of the new Group in the Group Name field In the Available Names box select each Member to be included in the Group and then click Add gt gt Members you add to the Group will be added to the Group Members box 4 Afterallthe members you want have been added click OK GaN USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 9 Editing Member information Select the Member or Group you want to edit 2 Click the edit icon 3 Change the Member or Group information 4 Click OK to save your changes Deleting a Member or Group Select the Member or Group you want to delete 2 Click the delete 8 icon 3 When the Confirm Item Delete dialog box appears click OK Exporti
19. ccceceeeeereee eres 13 15 Using the scan key For USB or Parallel interface cable DEE A nee ene ne ae A ene eee ere 13 16 Scan to EM AI ssia aE EREE 13 17 Scan 10 Mage sser e a 13 17 Scan To QCH a ececenteccoscenncensasacepertesnegsesenestedenaeh 13 18 CIMO F eee eee eee ee 13 18 Using ScanSoft PaperPort and TextBridge OCR 13 19 Viewing items 0 00 0 cc ececcesseeseeeesnecaeeeseneesseaeaeseeaeness 13 20 Organizing your items in folders 60cee 13 21 Quick links to other applications 020 13 21 ScanSoft TextBridge OCR lets you convert image text into text YOU CAN edit cece ec eeeeeeeeeseeeeaeeeeaeeens 13 22 X X You can Import items from other applications 13 22 You can Export items in other formats 06 13 23 Exporting an image fil cc cccccecsecaeeeeseeeereeeees 13 23 How to Uninstall PaperPort and ScanSoft TextBridge ccsessecssmamnceoreeceBacsosntisonertanhocsceeseiedsals 13 24 f Using the Brother Control Center for Windows 95 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional and Windows NT WS 4 0 000 cc ccceeeeceecaneeccneeseeeeereesneeesnsoneneaeees 14 1 Brother MFL Pro Control Center ccccecseseeeees 14 1 AutoLoad the Brother Control Center 005 14 2 How to turn off AutoL0ad cic ccceceecesee cease eneeeeeees 14 2 Brother Control Center features ccc cccececseeeeeee eens 14 3 Auto Configuration 0
20. 10 4 sort ADF only 10 9 temporary settings 10 2 10 6 Tray Select aasan 10 10 ray USC co 4 11 USING ADF girersen 10 3 Cover page COMPOSING csias 6 12 cover page custom comments 6 13 for all faxes ooann eee 6 15 for next fax only 0 6 14 printed fOrmM 00ccceee 6 15 Credit Card Numbers 7 7 INDEX Il 1 custom telephone features 1 22 Date and Time 008 4 1 Delayed Batch Transmission E E E E A R E E 6 20 Delayed Fax nsee 6 19 dialing AD AUSS s 7 8 access codes and credit card NUMDETS sce setae ce 7 7 automatic fax redial 6 8 from an external phone 7 6 GIOUDS sszceeatieretanceencaseeeae 6 16 SCC ice tee etieacecane 7 5 Speed Dial numbers 7 6 Distinctive Ring 6 5 1 1 drivers DAMET saonat 12 1 TWAIN Compliant 13 1 Windows ONNTET sosaren 11 1 drum unit checking remaining life 22 37 replacing no s 22 34 Dual Access cccccee annn 6 9 Duplex N in 1 key 10 11 Duplex 1 in 1 10 13 Duplex 2 in 1 10 15 Duplex 4 in 1 10 15 Easy Receive c csee cen 5 4 ECM Error Correction Mode Se cadets E E 1 15 ecology Scanner Lamp 6 4 10 Sleep Time 00 4 10 Toner Save ccccceecee eens 4 9 enter copy mode 10 1 l 2 INDEX entering text cece
21. Add Oo 6 Select MFC 8820D and then click Add Printer List USB Kind es MFC 8820D PostScript printer f Cancel C add gt Select Quit Printer Center from the Print Center menu F E Aaseni Edit Printers Queue Window Help About Print Center Preferences Hide Print Center 36H Hide Others Show All Quit Print Center Q 18 14 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH Sending a fax from your Macintosh application For Mac OS 8 6 9 2 users You can send a fax directly from a Macintosh application by doing the following Create a document in a Macintosh application 2 Tosenda fax select Print from the File menu The Printer dialog box will appear brother mee xwox tas Print Output Cancel Copies EJ Option Paves al Orom J C am Resolution 300 dpi amp 600dpi HQ 1200 Paper Source Auto Select T MediaType Plain Paper Default O Toner Save Mode Mf Gray Scale Save Settings When Printer is selected the top button shows Print and the Address button is grayed 3 From the Output pull down menu select Facsimile brother MFC xxxx 1 6 Send Fax d oak Cancel Copies Option Pages All Qrrom to Address Resolution 600dpi HQ 1200 Paper Source Auto Select F Media Type Plain Paper ka Default O Toner Save Mode Ef Gray Scale Save Settings When Facsimile is selected the
22. An increase emphasizes dark and light areas of the Image while a decrease reveals more detail in gray areas You can also type a value in the box for the setting HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 13 7 Document Size Set the Size to one of the following Letter 8 1 2 x 11 in A4 210 x 297 mm Legal 8 1 2 x 14 in A5 148 x 210 mm B5 182 x 257 mm Executive 7 1 4 x 10 1 2 in Business Card 90 x 60 mm Photo 3 5 x 5in 9 x 13cm Photo 5 x 7 in 13 x 18cm APS C 4x 6in 10 x 15cm Custom User adjustable from 0 35 x 0 35 in to 8 5 x 14 in or 8 9 x 8 9 mm to 215 9 x 355 6 mm To scan photographs or business cards select the document size and then place the document face down at the center of scanner glass When scanning photographs or other images for useina word processor or other graphics application You should try different settings for the contrast and resolution modes to see which best suits your needs If you selected Custom as the size The Custom Document Size dialog box will appear Custom Document Size Custom Document Size Name Width E D35 B50 a5 Height 0 35 14 00 ft a oe Unit n s mm a 9 inch Type the Name Width and Height for the document You can choose mm or inch as the unit for Width and Height 13 8 HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS a You can see the actual paper size you selected on the screen 8 18 inches i 2454 pixels Height 10 75 inc
23. Drum Unit Life Up to 20 000 pages drum unit DR 500 Expectancy ee There are many factors that determine the actual drum life such as temperature humidity type of paper toner you use and number of pages per print job SPECIFICATIONS S 7 Network LAN board NC 9100h MF C 8420 Option When you add the optional Network LAN Board MFC 8820D Option NC 9100h you can connect your MFC into the MF C 8820DN Standard network to use the Internet FAX Network Scanner Network Printer and Network Management software operations for small workgroups ea SMTP POPS3 E mail Services are required for Internet Fax Support for Windows 95 98 Me NT 4 0 2000 XP Novell NetWare 3 X 4 X 5 X Mac OS 8 6 9 2 X 10 0 10 2 1 or Greater Ethernet 10 100 BASE TX Auto Negotiation TCP IP IPX SPX AppleTalk DLC LLC RARP BOOTP DHCP APIPA NetBIOS WINS LPR LPD Port9100 SMTP POP3 SMB NetBIOS IP IPP SSDP Rendezvous FTP MIBII as well as Brother private MIB TELNET SNMP HTTP TFTP Included Utilities BRAdmin Professional and Web Based Management A E Scanning directly to a networked PC is not supported in Windows 95 NT and Mac OS E BRAdmin Professional is not Supported in Mac OS S 8 SPECIFICATIONS Index The items in the upper case represent LCD messages access codes storing and dialling oraiiio eei 7 7 accessones and supplies ii ADF Automatic Document Feeder ee 6 1 ADF COVO se
24. Original Product to Brother within five 5 business days ii the problems with your Original Product are not covered by the limited warranty i the proper packaging instructions are not followed and has caused damage to the product or iv the warranty period on your original Product has expired or has not been sufficiently validated with a copy of the proof of purchase bill of sale The replacement Machine you receive even if refurbished or remanufactured will be covered by the balance of the limited warranty period remaining on the original Product plus an additional thirty 30 days You will keep the replacement Machine that is sent to you and your onginal Machine shall become the property of Brother Retain your original Accessory Items and a copy of the return freight bill signed by the courier Limitations Brother is not responsible for damage to or loss of any equipment media programs or data related to the use of this Product Except for that repair or replacement as described above Brother shall not be liable for any direct indirect incidental or consequential damages or specific relief ecause some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of consequential or incidental damages the above Imitation may not apply to you THIS WARRANTY IS GIVEN IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES WRITTEN OR ORAL WHETHER EXPRESSED BY AFFIRMATION PROMISE DESCRIPTION DRAWING MODEL OR SAMPLE ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES
25. Send CTRL D After Each Job ves Convert Gray Text to PostScript Gray No Convert Gray Graphics to PostScript Gray No 4dd Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts Yes Job Timeout 0 seconds Wait Timeout 300 seconds Minimum Font Size to Download as Outline 100 pixels Maximum Font Size to Download as Bitmap 600 pixells ez Fi Installable seal 12 18 PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS Layout tab If you are using Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 or XP you can access the Layout tab by clicking Printing Preferences in the General tab of the Brother MFC 8820D BR Script3 Properties screen You can change the Layout setting by selecting the setting in the Orientation Page Order and Page Per Sheet Printing Preferences a EET Layout Paper Guality Orientation Landscape O Rotated Landscape Print on Both Sides Flip on Short Edge O Flip on Long Edge None Page Order Front to Back O Back to Front Pages Per Sheet 1 Booklet For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN For Windows 2000 XP You can print a booklet by selecting Booklet from Pages Per Sheet list PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS 12 19 Paper Quality tab If you are using Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 or XP you can access the Paper Quality tab by clicking Printing Preferences in the General tab of the Brother MFC 8820D BR Script3 Properties screen Select the Paper Source Printing Preferences Layout Pa
26. Settings IV Include icon on Send To bar Cancel Help File Tyoe From the pull down list select the file format you want to use for documents OCR Select the OCR application from the OCR pull down list 15 22 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER Scan to Graphics application example Microsoft Paint The Scan to Graphics Application allows you to scan an image so you can edit the image To change the default graphics application right click on the button and select Configuration The Scan Action tab is set to Application and should not be changed Scan to Application Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings To change the configuration of the destination application click on the Configuration Tab Scan to Application Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 23 To change the destination application select the appropriate application from the Application pull down list To change the other configuration options click the Link Preferences button Send To Options Microsoft Paint Program Links V Reduce image to screen resolution 96 dpi V Show warning if item has annotations If the item is updated annotations become a permanent part of the image Update original item if item sent is modified IW Include icon on Send To bar Cancel Help This option enables you to reduc
27. Tray 1 LTR Pressav or Start 01 Example of Copy mode LCD 10 6 MAKING COPIES Enlarge Reduce You can select the following enlargement or reduction ratios Auto sets the MFC to calculate the reduction ratio that fits the size of your paper Custom allows you to enter a ratio from 25 to 400 Press Enlarge Reduce 100 sane 104 EXE LTR DEUE 141 A5 gt A4 200 Auto Custom 25 4005 50 70 A4 gt A5 78 LGL gt LTR xor 83 LGL gt 44 85 LTR gt EXE 91 Full Page 94 A4 LTR 97 LTR gt A4 a Auto appears only when you place the original in the ADF Press 25 Copy to illuminate it in green Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want up to 99 3 Press Enlarge Reduce Enlg Red 100 Quality Auto 4 Press Enlarge Reduce or 9 Contrast OOSCco Tray 1 LTR 01 MAKING COPIES 10 7 5 Press or amp io select the enlargement or reduction ratio you want Press Set OR You can select Custom and press Set Use the dial pad to enter an enlargement or reduction ratio from 25 to 400 Press Set For example press 5 3 to enter 533 Press Start OR Press other temporary copy keys for more settings A E Special Copy Options 2in1 4in1 or Poster are not available with Enlarge Reduce E Auto is not availabl
28. a fax from the memory when you are at your MFC See Setting Fax Storageon page 8 3 1 Press Menu 2 5 4 25 Remote Fax Opt 2 Press Start jerome ers 3 After printing has finished press Stop Exit SETUP RECEIVE 5 5 Setting the Print Density You can adjust print density making your printed pages darker or lighter 7 If itis not illuminated in reen press Z Fax g 2 Press Menu 2 1 6 ee EERTE 3 Press to make the print darker 6 Print Density OR 00800 Press to make the print lighter Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit 5 6 SETUP RECEIVE Advanced receiving operations Operation from extension telephones If you answer a fax call on an extension telephone or an external telephone in the EXT jack you can make your MFC take the call by using the Fax Receive Code When you press the Fax Receive Code 51 the MFC starts to receive a fax See Easy Receive on page 5 4 If the MFC answers a voice call and pseudo double rings for you to take over use the Telephone Answer Code 51 to take the call at an extension phone See Setting the F T Ring Time Fax Tel mode only on page 5 3 If you answer a call and no one is on the line you should assume that you re receiving a manual fax m Atanextension phone on a separate telephone wall jack phone socket press 51 wait for fax receiving tones chirps and then hang up E Atan external phone connected to the MFC s EXT jack press 51 and wait fo
29. dereer 5 7 double ringing voice calls P E A A 5 3 Easy Receive 0000 5 4 FAX Receive Code 5 8 receiving faxes cce 5 7 Setting F T Ring Time 5 3 Setting Ring Delay 5 2 Telephone Answer Code 5 7 FCC notices ics icietiencsedintonns 21 1 gray scale cee S 3 S 4 Groups for Broadcasting 7 4 HELP osa 3 1 HeD ESTen 9 3 jacks convert to RJ11 jack 1 19 EXT jack external telephone 1 15 TAD answering machine E E EE A T 1 16 triplex adapter 1 19 jams orginal aeinn 22 4 DADS casseadunctensiecgnacaneeweneen 22 4 LAN Configuration 3 11 3 15 LCD Liquid Crystal Display EEEE TETT 1 7 3 1 LCD Contrast asics 4 12 maintenance routine 22 25 manual FOCEIVE osanaan 5 1 transmission n 6 4 manual feed tray 11 5 11 7 Memory Security 6 22 6 23 Memory Storage 00006 3 1 Menu table o an 3 1 multi line connections PBX a utterances etastedyonne 1 22 multi purpose tray MP tray 2 1 OCR changing setting 15 11 One Touch numbers SONNO acie ai 7 1 OUT OF AREA crecovieteces 5 14 Page Counter 0 22 37 AGING einne 8 1 8 2 programming your pager NUMDOT seisitcrssenceiasisy scene 8 1 PADOT ic cite 2 1 5 2 capacity vadwncduvats arii 2 3 a 22 4 SIZE aropin ia n 4 6 size of o ginal 06 6 1 INDEX l 3 PaperPort ACCESSING eiea 13 2 OXPOFTING
30. on page 14 12 to 14 13 For Windows XP See Hardware Section Changing the Scan to button configuration on page 15 5 to 15 11 7 Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Press Scan 3 Press amp gt or to select Scan CO OCR Press Set The MFC will start the scanning process Scan to File You can scan a black and white or a color original into your computer and save it as a file in the folder you choose The file type and specific folder are based on the settings you have chosen in the Scan to File screen of the Brother MFL Pro Control Center See Scan to File on page 14 8 to 14 9 For Windows XP See Hardware Section Changing the Scan to button configuration on page 15 5 to 15 11 7 Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Press gt Scan 3 Press amp or to select Scan GO Fite Press Set 4 The MFC will start the scan ning process 13 18 HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS Using ScanSoft PaperPort and TextBridge OCR ScanSoft PaperPort for Brother is a document management application You will use PaperPort to view scanned documents PaperPor has a sophisticated yet easy to use filing system that will help you organize your graphics and text documents It allows you to combine or stack documents of different formats for printing faxing or filing ScanSoft PaperPort can be accessed thr
31. shows each caller ID number or name 1 2 Printing Caller ID List Press Menu 2 0 5 20 Miscellaneous Press or to select a A Display Print Report v Print Report Press Set Press Start After printing has finished press Stop Exit SETUP RECEIVE 5 15 E Setup Send How to Fax You can send faxes from the ADF Automatic Document Feeder or from the scanner glass Enter Fax mode Before sending faxes make sure Z Fax is illuminated in green If not press Fax to enter Fax mode The default setting is Fax Fa ite Faxing from the automatic document feeder ADF The ADF can hold up to 50 pages and feeds each sheet individually Use standard 20 lb or 75 g m paper and always fan the pages before putting them in the ADF S DO NOT use paper that is cured wrinkled folded ripped stapled paper clipped pasted or taped DO NOT use cardboard newspaper or fabric To fax this kind of original see Faxing from the scanner glass on page 6 3 Mm Make sure originals written with ink are completely dry E The originals to be faxed must be from 5 8 to 8 5 inches wide and 5 8 to 14 inches long SETUP SEND 6 1 Faxing from the ADF 7 If itis not illuminated in OPDOEN Support Extension green press lt amp ADF Document Fax Pull out the ADF Output Document Support Support Extension 2 Unfoldthe ADF Document Output Support Flap 3 Fanthe pages well and stagger them at an
32. 1 before connecting the USB cable See Setting the Emulation Selectionon page 11 17 The PS driver does not support the following functions mM HQ 1200 E Secure Print E PC Fax Sending For Mac OS 8 6 to 9 2 users For Mac OS 8 6 to 9 04 Users Open the Apple Extras folder Open the Apple LaserWriter Software folder For Mac OS 9 1 to 9 2 Users Open the Applications Mac OS 9 folder Open the Utilities folder 3 AppleScript ColorSyne Extras FireWire Font Extras Mac OS Runtime For Java Map Control Panel Monitors Extras Folder The screens are based on Mac OS 9 04 18 8 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 2 Open the Desktop Printer Utility icon Ch Apple LaserwWriter Software Desktop Printer Utility New Desktop Printer With LaserWriter 8 Z Create Desktop Printer AppleTalk Printer LPR Printer no printer connection Translator Postscript Create desktop printer for printer using USB connection USING YOUR MFC WITH AMACINTOSH 18 9 4 Click Change in the PostScript Printer Description PPD file Select Brother MFC 8820D and then click Select Untitled 1 r PostScript Printer Description PPD File Auto Setup Generic Change USB Printer Selection lt lt unspecified gt gt Change Desktop Printe
33. 8x11 in 1 Multiple Page Normal v Orientation Portrait O Landscape Copies 1 Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source First Page Auto Select Other Pages Same as First page Select the number of Pages Per Sheet from the Scaling selections As an example to configure the section Copy button to copy two pages to one you must select 2 in 1 You must configure each of the copy buttons before they canbe used Brother MFC 8820D Printer Properties Basic Advanced Support Letter Paper Size Letter J 8 x11in 1 MulipePae LT Border Line v Orientation Portrait O Landscape Copies 1 g Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source First Page Auto Select Other Pages Same as First page v 15 26 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER Fax setting PC Fax using the Brother Fax Driver The MFC includes a PC Fax driver which allows any Windows Application to send a Fax as simply as printing a document The Brother SmartU automatically configures the Fax button to use the Brother PC FAX driver no user configuration is required The Scan Action tab is set to Application and should not be changed Scan to Fax Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Scan Type Cancel To change the PC FAX settings click the Link Preferences button found in the configuration tab Scan to Fax Scan Action Configuration Scan Settin
34. 99 4 Press Sort Sort icon appears on the LCD 5 Press Start Brother fax back system In USA 1 800 521 2846 Brother Global Web Site http www brother com Frequently Asked Questions FAQs and Product Support http solutions brother com Brother Accessories amp Supplies In USA 1 888 879 3232 voice 1 800 947 1445 fax http www brothermall com In Canada 1 877 BRO THER voice Table of contens f SPU OGUC OUR SEEN EA A A E 1 1 Using this Guide sanesennneonnueenenennresrsrrenrrnrosrerrrnrresresrnne 1 1 Finding INFOMATION ecceccecaeceeaeeeeteeeereeeereesnenes 1 1 Symbols used in this GUIAE ccseeecseeeeeeeeneees 1 1 Fax Test Sheet and Product Registration USA only 1 2 On Line Registration USA and Canada 1 2 MFC part names and operations cceceeessee teens 1 3 Control Panel OVEIVICW ccccccsec sees cecseaeseeeeseeaeseceeseaeees 1 6 Status LED indications cc cccecccseeceeseceeeeaeeeanes 1 11 About fax machines 0 ccc ccecceeee eee eeaeeeeaeeesneaeeneaeaseasnes 1 13 CUSTOM features 0 occ cecec eee eceee cee eeseeaecneceesecaeseeaeeesnes 1 13 Do you have Voice Mail on the phone line 1 13 Why should there be problemS cc cecseeeees 1 13 How can you avoid possible problems 1 13 Fax tones and handshake ececsseecseeeeeeecerseaees 1 14 ECM Error Correction Mode
35. ADF 1 2 6 7 e If it is not illuminated in green press Z Fax Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Press Menu 2 2 5 22 Setup Send To change the default setting gt Real Time TX A Next Fax Only press or joselectOn or ly oa off Press Set Go to Step 5 OR For the next fax transmission only press or to select Next Fax Only Press Set Press or to select Next Fax On or Next Fax Off Press Set Press 1 if you want to choose more settings and the LCD will return to the Setup Send menu OR Press 2 if you have finished choosing settings for this page and then go to Step 6 Enter the fax number Press Start to send the fax In Real Time Transmission using the scanner glass the auto redial function doesn t work 6 10 SETUP SEND Checking job status Check which jobs are still waiting in the memory to be sent If there are no jobs the LCD shows No Jobs Waiting 7 Press Menu 2 6 26 Remaining Jobs 2 Ifyou have more than one job ae o T waiting press lt gt or to v 003 17 30 ABCDEFG scroll through the list 3 Press Stop Exit Canceling a job while scanning the original You can cancel a job while you are scanning it into memory by pressing Stop Exit Canceling a scheduled job You can cancel a fax job thatis stored and waiting in memory See Checking job status on page 6 11 7 Press Menu 2 6 2
36. BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER File attachments ltems are mailed as file attachments using the file type you have selected Convert attachments to specified file tyoe Click this check box if you want to change the file type of attachments All documents and image items Click this check box if you want to convert all scanned images to the same file type PaperPort image items MAX only Clickthis check box if you want to convert only attachments that are PaperPort MAX files Combine items into single file if possible Click this check box if you want to combine all the attachments into one file With this box unchecked each scanned page will be saved in its own individual file File Type Select from the pull down list the type of file you want the scanned images to be saved in PaperPort Image Item max PaperPort Browser Viewable htm PaperPort Self Viewing exe PaperPort 5 0 Image Item max PaperPort 4 0 Image Item max PaperPort 3 0 Image Item max Windows Bitmap bmp PC Paintbrush pcx PCX Multi page dcx JPEG jpg TIFF Uncompressed tif TIFF Group 4 tif Multi Page Uncompressed tif Multi Page Group 4 tif USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 19 Scanner settings You have the ability to change the scanner settings used to create the file attachments Click on the Scan Settings tab and select the appropriate settings Scan t
37. Caller ID List 2 0 0 0 ccs ceseesecneeesneeenneeaees 5 15 Clearing a Caller ID stored in the memory 5 15 Printing Caller ID List ccc ecsececseeaseeeseeeeseenenes 5 15 SEIP SENA saarnia E E 6 1 FON TOE A arer E 6 1 Enter Fax mode atecias cconincsinrcosteecnwauntucseninreeanadoieceunnenieans 6 1 Faxing from the automatic document feeder ADF 6 1 Faxing from the ADF ccccceececeeeesseeeeeeesereesnenes 6 2 Faxing from the scanner glass ccseeeeeseeeeeeeeneees 6 3 Faxing legal size originals from the scanner glass 6 4 Out Of Memory MESSAGE ceccecsecseecesseeeeeeeeneees 6 4 Manual trAnSMiSSION cccccececeeeeceeeeneeeeneeeenesnaees 6 4 xvi Automatic transmission eseese osee ensest esrerrrs reren erreren 6 5 This is the easiest way to send a faX ccce eee 6 5 Sending a fax atthe end of a conversation 6 5 Basic sending OPErAtlONS cscccececeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeteeeeneness 6 6 Sending faxes using multiple setings 6 6 CONAS en a E 6 6 Fax ASSO WM ON sore EEKE 6 7 Manual and automatic fax Redial cceceeeeen 6 8 Dual ACCESS ssereren Neue sate Erana RETE 6 9 Real Time Transmission cccesesseeeeseceeeeesees 6 10 Checking job status ccecsecccceeseeeeseeeeseesnaeeanees 6 11 Canceling a job while scanning the original 6 11 Canceling a scheduled jOD ccccc
38. Center together with a photocopy of your bill of sale You are responsible for the cost of shipping packing product and insurance if you desire You are also responsible for loss or damage to this Product in shipping What Brother will do If the problem reported concerning your Machine and or accompanying Consumable and Accessory Items is covered by this warranty and if you first reported the problem to Brother or an Authorized Service Center within the applicable warranty period Brother or its Authorized Service Center will repair or replace the Machine and or accompanying Consumable and Accessory Items at no charge to you for parts or labor The decision as to whether to repair or replace the Machine and or accompanying Consumable and Accessory Items is made by Brother in its sole discretion Brother reserves the rightto supply a refurbished or re manu fact ured re placement Machine andor accompanyin Consumable and Accessory ltems and use refurbished parts Brother One Year Limited Warranty and Replacement Service USA only provided _ such _ replacement products contormtothe manutacturers specitications for new __product parts The repaired or replacement Machine and or accompanying Consumable and Accessory Items wil be returned to you freight prepaid or made available for you to pick up at a conveniently located Authorized Service Center t ihe Machine endor accompanying onsumable and Accessory Items are no cove
39. DAMAGES BECAUSE SOME STATES IN THE USA AND SOME PROVINCES IN CANADA DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU IN ANY EVENT BROTHER S LICENSOR S LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ACTUAL DAMAGES FROM ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER AND REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE ACTION WHETHER IN CONTRACT TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE PRODUCT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE WILL BE LIMITED TO 50 Compilation and Publication Notice Under the supervision of Brother Industries Ltd this manual has been compiled and published covering the latest product descriptions and specifications The contents of this manual and the specifications of this product are subject to change without notice Brother reserves the right to make changes without notice in the specifications and materials contained herein and shall not be responsible for any damages including consequential caused by reliance on the materials presented including but not limited to typographical and other errors relating to the publication NOTICE DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES iii Brother One Year Limited Warranty and Replacement Service USA only Who is cover ed e This limited warranty warranty is given only to the original end use retail purchaser referred to in this warranty as Original Purchaser of the accompanying product consumables and accessones collectively referred to in this warranty as
40. Dial a Group or the dial pad You must press Set between each fax number 5 Press Start Your MFC will poll each number or Group number in turn to receive a fax Setting Duplex printing for Fax mode For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN If you set Duplex to On for fax receive the MFC prints received faxes on both sides of the paper You can use three sizes of paper for this function letter legal and A4 if itis not illuminated in green press lt 3 Fax 2 Press Menu 2 1 8 21 Setup Receive 3 Press or to select On or n _ Off v Off Press Set Select AV amp Set 4 Press Stop Exit a While the Duplex printing for fax is working auto reduction is also On temporarily 5 10 SETUP RECEIVE Telephone services Your MFC supports the Distinctive Ring telephone service that some telephone companies offer o4 If you have Voice Mail RingMaster an answering service an alarm system or other custom features on your telephone line it may affect the way your MFC works See Custom features on page 1 13 and Custom features on a single line on page 22 14 If you have Voice Mail on your phone line please read the following carefully Distinctive Ring Brother uses the term Distinctive Ring but different tele phone companies have other names for this service such as SmartRing RingMaster Teen Ring Indent a Call or Indent a Ring What does your telephone company s Distinctive Ring do Your tel
41. Memory Capacity Optional Memory Automatic Document Feeder ADF Paper Tray Multi Purpose Tray Manual Feed Tray Printer Type Print Method LCD Liquid Crystal Display Warm up Power Source Power Consumption Dimensions Weight Noise 32 MB 1 DIMM slot Memory expandable up to 160 MB Up to 50 pages Temperature 68 F 86 F 20 C 30 C Humidity 50 70 Paper 75 g m or 20 Ib Letter size 250 Sheets 20 Ib 50 Sheets 20 Ib MFC 8820D MFC 8820DN only Single sheet 20 Ib MFC 8420 only Laser Electrophotography by semiconductor laser beam scanning 22 characters x5 lines Max 18 seconds at 73 4 F 23 C 120V AC 50 60Hz USA Canadian Version Only Average Operating Copying 440 W or less 25 C Peak 1090 W or less Sleep 14 W or less 16 W orless When Network LAN board NC 9100h is installed Standby 75 W or less 25 C 21 28 x 17 76 x 18 76 in 532 x 444 x 469 mm Without Drum Toner Unit MFC 8420 36 6 lb 16 6 kg MFC 8820D MF C 8820DN 39 9 Ib 18 1 kg Operating 53dB Aor less Standby 30 dB Aor less SPECIFICATIONS S 1 General continued Temperature Humidity Print media Paper Input Paper Output Copy Color Monochrome Copy Speed Multiple Copies Enlarge Reduce Resolution S 2 SPECIFICATIONS Operating 50 90 5 F Storage 32 104 F Operating 20 to 80 Storage 10 to 90 _ 10 32 5 C 0 40 C without condensation withou
42. OS X users You need to install the PS driver using the following instructions E Ifyou use a USB cable and your Macintosh is Mac OS X only one printer driver for an MFC can be registered in Print Center E ifa Brother Native Driver MFC XXxX is already listed in Printer list you will need to delete it and then install the PS driver E To use the PS driver wth a USB cable you need to set the Emulation to BR Script3 Menu 4 1 before connecting the USB cable See Setting the Emulation Selectionon page 1 1 17 Select Applications from the Go menu i Finder File Edit View Beem Window Help Computer Home iDisk Favorites Applications Recent Folders Go to Folder Back Connect to Server 18 12 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 2 Open the Utilities folder A Applications aeey A View Applications Q i Ry nee Preview QuickTime Player Sherlock G C e7 Stickies System Preferences TextEdit Utilities 3 Open the Print Center icon Utilities m A G A Computer Home Favorites Applications A Key Caps Keychain Access Netinfo Manager Network Utility Print Center Process Viewer SetupAssistant Stufflt Expander Terminal 4 Click Add Printer 068 Printer List l Delete f Add Printer USING YOUR MFC WITH AMACINTOSH 18 13 5 Select USB AppleTalk LPR Printers using IP USB Directory Services D f Cancel
43. Only You can choose the Fax Tel receive mode that External Tap best suits your Manual needs 5 User Settings 0 Init ial 1 Recei ve Setup Mode 2 Date Time 3 Station ID 4 Tone Pulse Canada Only 0 Local Language Canada Only Puts the date and ime on the LCD and in headings of faxes you send Fax Program your name Tel fax and telephone Mame number to appear on each page you fax Tone Selects the dialing 4 4 Pulse mode Engl ish Allows you to change French the LCD Language for your country A The default settings are shown in Bold with x 3 10 ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING O O O E to accept Stop Exit e a a lt lt Cc e to exit a If your machine is MFC 8820DN or you installed optional LAN board NC 9100h the LCD shows the following LAN menu Main Menu Menu Descriptions Selections 6 LAN 1 Setup 1 BOOT Method Auto You can choose the MFC 8820DN TCP IP Static BOOT method that or option RARP best suits your BOOTP needs DHCP 2 IP Address 000 255 Enter the IP address 000 255 000 255 000 255 3 Subnet Mask Enter the Subnet mask 4 Gat eway Enter the Gateway address 5 Host Name BRN_XX XXXX Enter the Hostname 6 WINS Config Auto You can choose the Static WINS configuration mode Primary Specifies the IP Secondary address of the primary orsecondary server 8 DNS Server Primary Specifies he IP Secondary address of the prima
44. QC H9B 3H6 LIMITED WARRANTY CANADA Safety precautions To use the MFC safely Save these instructions for later reference A WARNING There are high voltage Do not handle the plug with wet electrodes inside the MFC hands Doing this might cause Before you clean the MFC or an electrical shock clear a paper jam make sure you have unplugged the power cord from the power outlet le ASF Mt After you use the MFC some internal parts are extremely HOT To prevent injuries be careful not to put your fingers in the area shown in the illustration To prevent injuries be careful To prevent injuries be careful not to put your hands on the not to put your fingers in the edge of the MFC under the area shown in the illustration document cover Vil viii To preventinjuries be careful not to put your fingers in the area shown in the illustration When you move the MFC grasp the side handholds that are under the scanner Do NOT carry the MFC by holding it at the bottom Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Never touch telephone wires or terminals that are not insulated unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the wall jack Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm
45. WARRANTIES IMPLIED BY LAW CANNOT BE VALIDLY WAIVED No oral or written information advice or representation provided by Brother its Authorized Service Centers Distributors Dealers Agents or employees shall create another warranty or modify this warranty This warranty states Brother s entire liability and your exclusive remedy against Brother for any failure of the MFC Facsimile machine to operate properly Neither Brother nor anyone else involved in the development production or delivery of this MFC Facsimile machine shall be liable for any indirect incidental special consequential exemplary or punitive damages including lost profits arising from the use of or inability to use the product even if advised by the end user purchaser of the possibility of such damages Since some Provinces do not allow the above limitation of lability such limitation may not apply to you This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from Providence to Providence Warranty Service is available at Brother Authorized Service Centers throughout Canada For Technical Support orfor the name and location of your nearest Authorized Service Center call 1 877 BROTHER Within Montreal please call 514 685 6464 Internet support support brother ca or browse Brother s Web Site www brother com Brother International Corporation Canada Ltd At your side 1 Rue H tel de Ville Dollard Des Ormeaux
46. a printer driver developed exclusively by Brother this driver includes more features than the Microsoft Windows Universal printer driver Basic tab e Printing Preferences Basic Advanced Support z x Letter Bapt Size ex 8 11 in Ae a 1 Multiple Page Normal i LJ Orientation Portrait S ire Media Type fk m Paper Stute 4 n 7 First Page Auto Select s Other Pages Same as First page v one Select the Paper Size Multiple Page Border Line if any and Orientation Select number of Copies and Media Type Select Paper Source First Page and Other Pages Auto Select allows the printer driver to select a suitable tray for Paper Size automatically You can set the paper size for each tray in the Accessories tab See Accessories tab on page 12 15 5 To return to the default settings click the Default button WGN 12 2 PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS Paper Size From the drop down box select the Paper Size you are using Multiple Page The Multiple Page selection can reduce the image size of a page allowing multiple pages to be printed on one sheet of paper or enlarging the image size for printing one page on multiple sheets of paper Letter Letter 0l y in Oliu in Ex 4in1 Ex 1in2x 2pages Border Line When printing multiple pages on one sheet with the Multiple Page feature you can select to have a solid border dash border or no border around
47. adjust the Contrast level when you have selected one ofthe Gray Scale settings itis not available when you have selected Black amp White as the selected Color Type Increasing the Contrast level by dragging the slide bar to the right emphasizes dark and light areas of the image while reducing the Contrast level by dragging the slide bar to the left reveals more detail in the gray areas Instead of using the slide bar you can type a value in the box to set the Contrast Click OK USING YOUR MFC WITH AMACINTOSH 18 27 Using Presto PageManager Presto PageManage is application software for managing the documents in your computer Since it is compatible with most image editors and word processing programs Presto PageManager gives you unmatched control over your computer files You can easily manage your documents and edit your E mail files and read documents with the OCR software built into Presto PageManager If you use the MFC as a scanner we recommend that you install Presto PageManage To install Presto PageManager see Quick Setup Guide on pages 42 to 49 a The complete NewSoft Presto PageManager 4 0 Users Guide can be found on the Macintosh CD ROM supplied with your MFC Highlights E OCR Scan an image recognize the text and edit it with a word processor E Scan Buttons In one step scan documents and open them with a designated program E Image Editing Enhance crop and r
48. and Pulse dialing mode FOr Canada OnMy cccccccsececseeecseesseeeesecaeeeeaeeeees 4 4 General SQUP cece ccc ec arinira EEEE NES 4 5 Setting the Mode Timer c cccecceeececeeeeaeeeeeseeseeeees 4 5 Setting the Paper TyPe ccccssecssseessececseesneneenesess 4 5 Setting the Paper SIZC ccccccccecseesecneeeeseeneceeneeeas 4 6 Setting the Ring VOIUME 0 cccceceeceeeeeneeeeeeeeneeees 4 8 Setting the Beeper VOIUME ecccceeceecesneeeeeneeneeees 4 8 Setting the Speaker VOIUME ccccceccnecseeeaeeeeeneeees 4 9 Turning on Automatic Daylight Savings Time 4 9 Toner Save vsirieccmetnastncpetecrviacrentinateicccntesteasuentieesdi ena 4 9 Sleep TMC cite sesso de cene luc ensae a 4 10 Turning off the Scanner LAM ccccceceeeseeeeeeees 4 10 Setting the Tray Use for Copy MOde cceeeees 4 11 Setting the Tray Use for Fax mode c ccceeee 4 12 Setting the LCD Contrast cccccccccceeeeceeeeeeeaeees 4 12 Xiv Se TU RECEIVE scared asec A OEE 5 1 BASIC receiving operations ccccceec cece eeeeaeeeeaeeeeereeseeees 5 1 Choosing the Receive Mode c cscecseseeerseesenes 5 1 To select or change your Receive Mode 5 2 Setting the Ring Delay cccccsececsseceeeeesseeesneeaeenes 5 2 Setting the F T Ring Time Fax Tel mode onlly 5 3 Easy TROCCIV GS se cceteevaccasuieesecanesovasatrcenaeereecaeact
49. buttons E Click the Address Book button and then select a Member or Group from the Address Book a lf you make a mistake you can click Clear to delete all the entres 5 To include a Cover Page click 3 Cover Page On and then click the Cover Page icon to enter or edit the Cover Page information 6 Click Start to send the fax a If you want to cancel the fax click Stop Redial If you wantto redial a number click Redial to scroll through the last five fax numbers and then click Start Sending a file as a PC FAX using the Simple style Create afilein Word Excel Paint Draw or any other application on your PC 2 From the File menu select Print The Print dialog box will appear Printer Name Brother PC FAX hd Properties Status Ready Type Brother PC FAX Where BMFC Comment Print to file Print options Copies Print comer crop marks Number of copies i Print center crop marks 1 Cancel Print registration marks Help Title 17 16 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 3 Select Brother PC FAX as your printer and then click OK The FAX Sending dialog box will appear Brother PC FAX x se i M Cover page On 2 To Clear 4 Inthe To field type the fax number of the recipient You can also use the Address Book to select destination fax numbers by clicking the To button If you made a mistake entering a number click the Clear button to delete all the entries 5 TosendaC
50. cece 4 3 envelopes cccceeeeeeeee oenen 2 3 error messages on LCD Check Paper 22 1 Comm Error 0000008 22 2 Not Registered 22 3 Out of Memory 22 3 while scanning a document ee eee eee 10 5 extension telephone using 5 7 external telephone 1 15 fax codes Fax Receive Code 5 7 Remote Access Code 8 4 Telephone Answer Code 5 7 Fax Forwarding cc seee 8 1 changing remotely 8 6 8 7 programming a number 8 1 Fax Storage cccccccsseeeeeees 8 3 printing from 06 cece 5 5 turni NO ON sereni 8 3 fax stand alone receiving sesssssesssserssre eeren 5 1 difficulty ciiir 22 13 duplex printing 5 10 forwarding 8 1 8 6 DOING roni 1 21 5 9 reducing to fit on paper 5 5 retrieving from a remote site ring delay setting 5 2 sending at end of conversation 6 5 automatic transmission 6 5 canceling from memory E N PAE ROEI eased 6 11 CONTASI oaia 6 6 delayed cccccesesee aan 6 19 from ADF ccceeeeee ee 6 1 from memory dual access PEE E E PE AA 6 8 from scanner glass 6 3 legal size from scanner glass Soules E E A 6 4 manual transmission 6 4 OVEISCAS ccccececeeeeeees 6 18 Real Time Transmission a E 6 10 resolution 2 ceeee eee 6 7 Fax Tel mode ccccceeee 5 1 answering at extension DMONCS
51. each page on the sheet Orientation Orientation selects the position of how your document will be printed Portrait or Landscape Letter 84 11 In Letter _ Portrait Landscape PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS 12 3 Copies The copies selection sets the number of copies that will be printed Collate With the Collate check box selected one complete copy of your document will be printed and then repeated for the number of copies you selected If the Collate check box is not selected then each page will be printed for all the copies selected before the next page of the document is printed Letter Letter 1 f4 11 in 1 o4 77 in 12 cy 22 12 11 Collate box checked Collate box not checked Media Type You can use the following types of media in your MFC For the best print quality select the type of media that you wish to use Plain Paper Thin Paper Thick Paper Thicker Paper Bond Paper Transparencies Envelopes Env Thick Env Thin A E When using ordinary plain paper 19 to 25 Ib select Plain Paper When using heavier weight paper envelopes or rough paper selectThick Paper or Thicker Paper For bond paper select Bond Paper for OHP transparencies select Transparencies m When you use envelopes select Envelopes If the toner is not fixed to the envelope correctly when Envelopes has been selected selectEnv Thick If the envelope is crumpled when Envelopes has been selected select Env Thin 12 4 PRINTER DRIVER S
52. ees 11 18 Printing the Print Configuration List 6 c8 11 18 Restoring factory default SettingS ccceeeees 11 18 Printer driver settings ccccceceneeseeeeeneeeneeseneeaeeeeareneneaeaneas 12 1 Printer driver SCtiINGS ccccsececstcesseeesseastecscsenereesenees 12 1 How to access the printer driver SettingS 0csees 12 1 Features in the Brother Native Driver cccueceeees 12 2 EUS ING AD se S E eee deeee 12 2 ES E E A e E EEE E ys 12 3 Multiple Page onennannnenennensennennennennnsnrrerrerrene 12 3 Orente AENEUS 12 3 CODES ea 12 4 Media Type n snoneenneennsenesneerrnnnernnonrnonerrnsrrerrene 12 4 Advanced LAD sasnwee tes codndsrctecSas Seateueh ccedancosecneeueaneentiedeels 12 5 PGE COIL e R E 12 5 Duplex Printing s ssnensnnennnonnennsesnserenrreersnereene 12 7 Watermark n annannasennnenesennernnornnrrenournnrrerrrrnennerne 12 8 Page SotiNg sisirin ioa 12 10 Device Options 0 cece sec ecaececeeeeceeceeeeeenecaeeeeaes 12 11 Secure PriNbesssiianen cise deonncedaineeededseeceedade 12 11 xviii Accessories tab cece ceccceecccecceeuccecueeaneeeeuetsaass 12 15 SUID OTT VAD esaa 12 16 Features in the PS printer driver For WINGOWS J 2cacwecedcienauncswasieiueusentetin ddesvecia agecuassadss 12 17 ONES AD sheet er otceste scien cee E desea tessa east as 12 17 Device Settings tab ccc cccscecseceeseceeeeeaeeeeaeeess 12 18 Ee 6 0 e eee
53. fax number you re calling Press Start If you are using the scanner glass go to Step 7 Tosenda single page press 2 or press Start again The MFC starts sending the fax OR To send more than one page press 1 and go to Step 8 8 Place the next page on the scanner glass Press Set The MFC starts scanning and returns to Step 7 Repeat Steps 7 and 8 for each additional page Q 6 18 SETUP SEND Delayed Fax During the day youcan store up to 50 faxes in the memory to be sent within 24 hours These faxes will be sent at the time of day you enter in Step 3 Press Set to accept it or enter another time for the faxes to be sent 1 2 3 Q 4 If it is not illuminated in green press Z Fax Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Press Menu 2 2 3 22 Setup Send Enter the time you want the fax to paDetavee Fax be sent in 24 hour format Set Time 00 00 Press Set For example enter 19 45 for 7 45 PM Press 1 if you want to choose more settings and the LCD will return to the Setup Send menu OR Press 2if you have finished choosing settings and thengo to Step 5 Enter the fax number Press Start If you are using the scanner glass go to Step 7 To send a single page press 2 or press Start again The MFC starts scanning the fax OR To send more than one page press 1 and go to Step 8 Place the next page on the scanner glass
54. give two short beeps and you must enter a remote command Remote commands Operation details 95 Changethe Fax Forwarding or Paging settings If you hear one long beep the change has been accepted If you hearthree short beeps you cannot change it because the conditions 3 Paging have not been met forexample registering a 4 Fax Forwarding number fax forwarding or paging number You can register your Fax Forwarding number by entering 4 See Changing your Fax Forwarding number on page 8 7 Once you have registered the number Fax Forwarding will be set to On 2 Fax Forwarding 6 Fax Storage ON You can turn Fax Storage to On or Off after you have retrieved or erased all your messages Enter the number of a remote fax machine to receive stored fax messages See Retrieving fax messageson page 8 7 3 Erase faxes from the If you hear one long beep you can erase fax memory messages from the memory You can check whether your MFC has received any faxes If it has you will hear one long beep If it hasn t you will hearthree short beeps 2 Retrieve all faxes 98 Change the Receive Mode 1 External TAD If you hear one long beep you can change 2 Fan Tel the Receive Mode After along beep you can exit Remote Retrieval 3 Fax Only 8 6 REMOTE FAX OPTIONS Retrieving fax messages 7 2 e 5 Dial your fax number When your MFC answers immediately enter your Remote Access Code 3 digit
55. into the User Interface with the PC keyboard The member must have Fax selected as the chosen destination for that member Sending a Network PC Fax to an E mail address or sending an Intemet Fax requires SMTP POP3 mail server support Sending a Network PC FAX from your Macintosh application You can send a fax directly from your Macintosh application using the following steps For 1 2 For 1 2 Mac OS 8 6 9 2 users Follow the steps on pages 46 and 47 in the Quick Setup Guide Follow the steps on pages 18 15 and 18 16 Mac OS X users Follw the steps on pages 48 and 49 in the Quick Setup Guide Follow the steps on pages 18 17 to 18 20 20 6 BROTHER NETWORK PC FAX SOFTWARE Important information Standard telephone and FCC Notices These notices are in effect on models sold and used only in the United States When programming emergency numbers or making test calls to emergency numbers E Remain on the line and briefly explain to the dispatcher the reason for the call before hanging up E Perform these activities in the off peak hours such as early moming or late evening This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA On the backside of this equipment is a label that contains among other information a product identifier in the format US AAAE Q T XX XX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company You may safely connect this equipment t
56. is simple to use with LCD screen instructions to guide you through programming it You can make the most of your MFC by taking a few minutes to read this Guide Finding information All the chapter headings and subheadings are listed in the Table of Contents You will be able to find information about a specific feature or operation by checking the Index at the back of this Guide Symbols used in this Guide Throughout this Guide you ll see special symbols alerting you to important wamings notes and actions To make things clearer and to help you press the correct keys we used special fonts and added some of the messages that will appear in the LCD Bold Bold typeface identifies specific keys on the MFC control panel Italics Italicized typeface emphasizes an important point or refers you to a related topic Courier Courier New typeface identifies the messages on New the LCD of the MFC A Warnings inform you what to do to avoid possible personal injury Cautions specify procedures you must follow or avoid to prevent possible damage to the machine ev Notes tell you how you should respond to a situation that may anseor give tips about how the current operation works with other features O Improper Setup alerts you to devices and operations that are not compatible with the MFC 1 1 INTRODUCTION Fax Test Sheet and Product Registration USA only After setting your Station ID please fill in the Test Sheet included with you
57. it out then close the front cover If the error message remains open and close the front cover again If the MFC cannot reset itself and return to the date and ime prompt it will display Machine Error XX Please call Brother Customer Service and tell them the Machine Error number In USA 1 800 284 4329 In Canada 1 877 BROTHER In Montreak 514 685 6464 Install the duplex tray correctly See Paper is jammed in the duplex tray For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN on page 22 11 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 3 ERROR MESSAGES ERROR CAUSE ACTION MESSAGE Paper Jam The paper is jammed in the MFC See Paper jams on page 22 6 or Paper is jammed in the duplex tray For MFC 8820D and MF C 8820DN on page 22 11 Toner Empty Toner cartridgeis not installed Reinstall the toner cartridge OR OR Toner is usedup and printing is not possible Replace the toner cartridge witha new one See Replacing the toner cartridge on page 22 28 Toner Low If the LC D shows Toner Low you can still Order a new toner cartridge now print But the toner is depleted andthe MFC is telling you that the toner will soonrun out Original jams Based upon where the original is jammed follow the appropriate set of instructions to remove it Original is jammed in the top of the ADF unit Take out any paper from the ADF that is not jammed Lift the ADF cover Pull the jammed original out to the right Clo
58. item by double clicking on it As long as you have the appropriate application on your computer to display it you can also double click a non PaperPort item to open it B0 ELE Desktop lt N c The Hawaiian Islands fi f Seen ety v E aa 2 E y Hawaii max PaperPort Document i 200 dpi 24 bit color 1of1 Page View displays each item as afull page 13 20 HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS Organizing your items in folders PaperPor has an easy to use filing system for organizing your items The filing system consists of folders and items that you select to view in Desktop View An item can be a PaperPort item or a non PaperPor item mM Folders are arranged in a tree structure in the Folder View You use this section to select folders and view their items in Desktop View E You can simply drag and drop an item onto a folder When the folder is highlighted release the mouse button andthe item is stored in that folder E Folders can be nested that is stored in other folders E When you double click a folder its items both PaperPort MAX files and non paperpor files appear on the Desktop E You can also use Windows Explorer to manage the folders and items shown in Desktop View Quick links to other applications ScanSoft PaperPort automatically recognizes many other applications on your computer and creates a working link to them The Send To Bar at the bottom of
59. nen er een eet meet een ne te err ee aera 12 19 Paper Quality tab ccc ccsecseccesseeeersesneseereeeaneess 12 20 Advanced Options 0 cece cece esse eeececneceee eee eee eneeas 12 21 How to scan USING Windows 1 seen eesceeeaeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeanes 13 1 SCANNING A document cccecceececseeceeseesseeeeseeaeeaessesaees 13 1 TWAIN COMpliant ccc cece eceeceseaeseeacseaeaeeesuseaees 13 1 How to access the SCAN ccceececeeceseeaeaseeeees 13 2 Scanning a document into the PC cccsceeseeeeees 13 3 SCANNING a whole PAGE c ccccecseececseceeeeeeaseaeees 13 3 PreScanning to crop a portion you want to scan 13 4 Settings in the Scanner WiINdOW 0 ccscseeeecneeaees 13 6 image Type seresa eini 13 6 ROSO UNON assisa 13 6 SGAN TYDE esrara EESE 13 7 ES TIME OSS sinsupi ne aeooceuneentaneie 13 7 OM AS rors raer E RENNES 13 7 Document SIZE 1 0 cccec cece cee cec eee eseeacaececeececseaeaneaanes 13 8 Scanning a document For Windows XP only 13 10 WIA compliant 0 cece cece cee cee ceeceseeesnecereseeseaeaneess 13 10 How to access the Scanner cccececaeeeeeeeeeeseees 13 10 Scanning a document into the PC cesses 13 11 scanning a document using the ADF 13 11 PreScanning to crop a portion you want to scan using the Scanner GIASS csccsseeesseessececeeeeseenes 13 13 Brother Scanner Utility 0 0
60. network scan from the Brother Control Center SmartUl Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Press Scan 3 Press gt or p toselect Scan to OCR Press Set 4 Press or to select a destination you want to send Press Set If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN Number enter the 4 digit PIN Number for the destination PC on the control panel Press Set The MFC will start the scanning process NETWORK SCANNING WINDOWS 98 98SE M E 2000 PROFESSIONAL AND XP ONLY 19 7 Scan to File When you select Scan to File you can scan a black and white or color Original and send it directly to a PC you designate on your network The file will be saved in the folder and file format that you have configured in the Brother SmartUl on the designated PC You can change the Scan configuration For Windows 98 Me 2000 See Scan to File on page 14 8 to 14 9 For Windows XP See Hardware Section Changing the Scan to button configuration on page 15 5 to 15 11 A For Network Scanning the Brother Control Center SmartUl selections are used only for configuring the Scan button You will not be able to initiate a network scan from the Brother Control Center SmartUl Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Press Scan 3 Press amp gt or to select Scan to File Press Set 4 Press lt or to select a select AV amp Set desti
61. of the MFC Back view 6 Open the jam clear cover fuser cover Pull the jammed paper out of the fuser unit Jam Clear Cover J Fuser Cover l man Close the jam clear cover Close the back output tray TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 9 8 Push the lock lever down and take the toner cartridge out of the drum unit assembly Take out the jammed paper if there is any inside the drum unit Q Put the drum unit assembly back in the MFC 10 Put the paper tray in the MFC 17 Close the front cover 22 10 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Paper is jammed in the duplex tray For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN Pullthe duplex tray and paper tray out of the MFC TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 11 A E The Jam Duplex message appears if you remove a sheet of paper from the Face Down Output Tray after only one side has printed m Ifthe Paper Adjustment Lever for Duplex Printing is not set correctly for the paper size paper jams may occur and the printing will be out of position on the page See To use Automatic Duplexing for fax copy and print operations For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820 DN on page 2 10 22 12 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE If you are having difficulty with your MFC If you think there is a problem with the way your faxes look make a copy first I
62. off Press Set 4 if you want to enter a new Fax Receive Code Press Set If you want to enter a new Telephone Answer Code Press Set 6 Press Stop Exit 5 8 SETUP RECEIVE Polling Polling is the process of retrieving faxes from another fax machine You can use your MFC to poll other machines or you can have someone poll your MFC Everyone who is involved in Polling needs to set up their fax machines for Polling When someone polls your MFC to receive a fax they pay for the call If you poll someone s fax machine to receive a fax you pay for the call o4 Some fax machines do not respond to the Polling feature Setting up Polling Receive Polling Receive is when you call another fax machine to receive a fax from it If itis not illuminated in green press Z Fax 2 Press Menu 2 1 7 21 Setup Receive 3 Press or tosdect on or A G i Of f v off Press Set Enter the fax number you are polling Press Start The LCD shows Dialing SETUP RECEIVE 5 9 Setting up Sequential Polling Receive Your MFC can ask for faxes from several fax units in a single operation Sequential Polling Receive Afterwards a Sequential Polling Report will be printed 7 If itis not illuminated in green press lt 3 Fax 2 Press Menu 2 1 7 21 Setup Receive 3 Press or to select On or A _ n BA Off v off Press Set 4 Enter the fax machines you want to poll using One Touch Speed
63. or Thicker paper Paper Source Manual 2 Open the back output tray 3 Open the manual feed tray Slide the paper guides to fit the paper size 4 Using both hands put the paper in the manual feed tray until the front edge of the paper touches the paper feed roller and the MFC grips the paper A E Make sure that the paper is straight and in the proper position in the manual feed tray If itis not the paper may not be fed propery resulting in a skewed printout or a paper jam E Do not put more than one piece of paper inthe manual feed tray at any one time or it may cause a jam 5 Send the print data to the MFC USING THE MFC AS A PRINTER 11 7 6 After the printed page comes out of the MFC put in the next sheet of paper as in Step 4 above Repeat for each page that you want to print 7 When you have finished the print job close the back output tray Caution Remove each sheet immediately after printing Stacking the sheets may cause a paper jam or the paper to curl 11 8 USING THE MFC ASA PRINTER The multi purpose tray MP tray For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN 7 Select the Paper Size Media Type Paper Source and other settings in the printer driver Media Type Thick paper or Thicker paper Paper Source MP Tray 2 Open the back outputtray and then pull out the face up output tray support if necessary 3 Open the MP tray and lower it gently 4 Pull
64. path To load PC FAX receiving automatically when you start up Windows select the Add to Startup folder check box 17 18 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE N Oo GG RR Q Viewing new PC FAX messages Each time you start to receive a PC FAX the icon will flash g5 g blue and red Once the fax has been received the icon will remain red The red icon will change to green once the received fax has been received Run PaperPort 2 Open the Fax Received folder 3 Double click any of the new faxes to open and view them a The title of your unread PC message will be the date and time until you assign a file name For example Fax 2 20 2002 16 40 21 tif USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 19 Receiving a fax into the PC Windows XP only How to receive a fax automatically Before you can start receiving faxes please install the appropriate Windows XP driver Windows XP In box driver or Brother Windows XP driver After the driver is installed refer to the following information to configure your Windows XP PC for Fax receiving To activate Faxing receiving click Set up faxing in the Printer Tasks menu gt Printers and Faxes File Edit View Favorites Tools Help 7 S Search ar Folders ia i Go 9 A Brother MFC 8820D Configuring Components Saat cece onfiguration changes you requested De while Setup coi toe Wa a careen ents This may take T several minutes depending on the
65. pressing the Start key You can answer all calls at an extension or external phone and use codes to turn the MFC on or off You can personalize these codes 6 Print Makes printouts Density darker or lighter 7 Polling RX On Sets up your MFC to Off poll another fax machine 8 Duplex Prints received faxes MF C 8820D on both sides of the and paper MFC 8 amp 8 amp 20DN 2 Setup Send 1 Contrast Changes the In Fax mode j lightnessor darkness only of faxes you send 2 Fax Standard Sets the default Re solut ion Fine resolution for c Fine outgoing faxes Photo 5 Auto On Reduces the size of Reduction incoming faxes A The default settings are shown in Bold with x 3 6 ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING O O O E to accept Stop Exit eee one See 8 Main Menu Menu Descriptions Selections 2 Fax 2 Setup Send 3 Delayed Setthe time of day in Continued C ontinued Fax 24 hour format that In Fax mode the delayed faxes will only be sent 4 Batch TX On Combines delayed Off faxes to the same fax number at the same time of day into one transmission 5 Real Time Off x You can send a fax TX On without using the Next Fax Only memory 6 Polled TX Sets up the original on your MFC b be retrieved by another fax machine 7 Coverpg Next Fax Only Automatically sends Setup On a Cover Page you Off X have programmed Print Sample 8 Coverpage You can set up your Msg own comments for fax Co
66. re using and you can adjust the brightness and contrast of the image before scanning USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 9 Scan to OCR SmartUl Hardware Section Software Section Hardware Buttons Exit Scan To E mail User Guide Scan To File Scan To Image Restore Brother MFC XXXX To configure the Scan to OCR feature left click on the Scan to OCR button and the following screen will appear You have the ability to change the configuration which includes the destination applications Scan to OCR Scan action Configuration Scan Settings Application Microsoft WordPad Link Preferences 15 10 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER You have the option to send your scan as a different file type You can select the application from the File Type window according to your needs Send To Options Microsoft WordPad Program Links Send Image ltem s File type windows write wri bd ISO Text tst ASCII Smart txt Imal SCII Std txt pa i Excel 5 0 xls OCR Excel Office 97 xls Settings V Include icon on Send To bar Cancel Help You have the option to choose your OCR setting from Single column output to Auto orient page OCR Settings Auto orient page OK a Cancel iM Single column output USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 11 Software Section The Software Section contains four
67. screen 14 14 Scanner Settings c cc ceccecsececesecsecesseesseaecnesaeeaeses 14 14 Target ADpliCation cccccccecscecteeeeeeeaeseeesesereeeees 14 14 CODY ae E E E E 14 15 To access the Copy Configurations screen 14 15 Scanner SCMINGS 0 cc cccceceeeceececseesaeceeseeeuesesneseees 14 15 Number Of COPIES cccceeceseeceeeeaeeeeaeeesaeaesneaeass 14 15 XX SVC UX sarrien E i 14 16 To access the Send a fax Configurations screen 14 16 Scanner settings ceececsecseececteeseeeesteeseeaesnesenees 14 16 PC FAX Settings sini csncsesandavivicned daxiutieesmieaie demmuentiesd 14 17 Using the Windows Based Brother SmartUI COMMON COMER suriside 15 1 Brother SmartUl Control Center cece eeeeeeeeeeees 15 1 AutoLoad the Brother Control Center 6 00 15 2 How to turn off Auto LOad cece cee ceeeeeeee sense anes 15 2 Brother Control Center features cccceccseeeeaeeeeeee eens 15 3 Auto Configuration 0 cee cece eceecec see ecneeaeeeeaeeaeseeaesneneees 15 4 Hardware Section Changing the Scan to button COMMMOUM AU OP eas uiuewdeedetneutates 15 5 0721 10 10 MaA eee ee eee ee 15 6 Can TO File ae ee ee eee 15 7 Scan to Mage ee ttt Gancetuns jectcacvace tose tee goeteceegcaeeeteress 15 8 Scan 10 OCR pran ac deeigeecuanaccenen 15 10 SOftwWare SECTION essien NE EERE NSi 15 12 S a N 15 13 CODY aree E E 15 13 PO r ine gneteaaviausoesitiaae eee mi
68. the print server is connected to a 10 BASE T Ethernet 23 8 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Active LEDis yellow The Active LED will blink if the print server is receivingor transmitting data a If there is a valid connection to the network the LED will blink orange or green TEST SWITCH Short push Prints the network configuration page Long push more than 5 seconds Reset the network configuration back to the factory default settings Test Switch LED Ethe met E RJ 45 Pp 7 LED A To set up the MFC on the Network see the NC 9100h Network Users Guideon the CD ROM Paper Tray 2 You can purchase the Paper Tray 2 accessory LT 5000 to use as a third paper source Tray 2 holds up to 250 sheets of 20 Ib 80 g m paper Paper Tray 2 Holds approx 250 sheets of 20 Ib 80 g m Basis Weight 16 to 28 Ib 60 to 105 g m Moisture Content 4 to 6 by weight We Recommend Xerox 4200 DP 20 Ib Cut sheet Hammermill Laser Paper 24 Ib OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 23 9 Glossary ADF Automatic Document Feeder The original can be placed in the ADF and scanned one page at a time automatically Auto Dial List A listing of names and numbers stored in One Touch and Speed Dial memory in numerical order Automatic fax transmission Sending a fax without picking up the handset of an external phone or pressing Hook Automatic Redial
69. to the EXT jack of the MFC Telephone Answer Code Fax Tel mode When the MFC answers a voice Call it pseudo double rings You can pick up at an extension phone by pressing this code 51 Temporary Settings You can select certain options for each fax transmission and copy without changing the default settings Tone A form of dialing on the telephone line used for Touch Tone telephones Toner cartridge Anaccessory that holds toner for the drum unit on Brother laser models Toner Save A process that causes less toner to be affixed to the page to extend the life of the toner assembly This will make the receiving document significantly lighter GLOSSARY G 5 Transmission The process of sending faxes over the phone lines from your MFC to the receiving fax machine Transmission Verification Report A listing for each transmission that shows its date time and number True Type fonts The fonts that are used in the Windows operating systems If you install the Brother True Type fonts more types of fonts will be available for Windows applications User Settings A printed report that shows the current settings of your MFC G 6 GLOSSARY Specifications Product description The MFC 8420 MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN are 5 in 1 Multi Function Centers Printer Copier Color Scanner Fax and PC Fax via your PC The MFC 8820D includes Duplex Printing The MFC 8820DN includes Duplex Printing and Network capability General
70. toner scatters and your hands or clothes get dirty immediately wipe or wash it off with cold water 7 Turn the MFC power switch off and open the front cover 2 Remove the drum unit and toner cartrid ge assembly A WARNING Just after you have used the MFC some internal parts of the machine are extremely HOT When you open the front cover of the MFC never touch the shaded parts shown in the diagram below Front view 3 Gently clean the scanner window by wiping it with a clean soft dry cloth Do not use isoproply alcohol Min ee Lo nananana C a aa 1 a A T Laser Scanner m eo ey jd 22 26 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Cleaning the drum unit We recommend placing the drum unit and toner cartndge assembly on a cloth or large disposable paper to avoid spilling and scattering toner 7 Clean the primary corona wire inside the drum unit by gently sliding the blue tab from right to left several times 2 Return the blue tab and snap it into the Home position Home Position V Corona Wire Caution If the blue tab is not at Home position V printed pages may have vertical stripes 3 Reinstall the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly into the MFC See Replacing the drum unit on page 22 34 4 Close the front cover 5 Plug in the power cord first then the telephone cord TROUBLESHOOTING AND
71. tray flap Remove the telephone line cord 9 Wrap the MFC in the plastic bag and place it in the original carton with the original packing material TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 23 10 Pack the drum unit and toner ca rtridge assembly telephone line cord AC cord and printed materials in the original carton as shown below A If you are returning the MFC to Brother as part of the Exchange Service pack onlythe MFC Keep all separate parts to use with your Exchange machine 11 Close the carton and tape it shut 22 24 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Routine maintenance Cleaning the scanner Turn the MFC power switch off and lift the document cover Clean the scanner glass and glass strip with dry cloth and the white film with isopropyl alcohol on a lint free cloth White Film Glass strip Document Cover White film If the screen still displays a scanner error call Brother Customer Service for assistance at 1 800 284 4329 in USA 1 877 BROTHER in Canada or 514 685 6464 in Montreal TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 25 Cleaning the printer Caution E Do not use isopropyl alcohol to remove dirt from the control panel It may crack the panel E Do not use isopropyl alcohol to clean the laser scanner window Do not touch the scanner window with your finger E The drum unit contains toner so handle it carefully If
72. try to store a One Touch or Speed Dial number where a number has already been stored the LCD will show the name that has been stored there or number and will ask you to do one of the following Press 1 to change the stored 23 Gat Meo Dal number 005 MIKE A 1 Change OR v 2 Exit Press 2 to exit without making a change 2 Entera new number Press Set m To erase the whole number or whole name press Clear Black repeatedly until all digits or letters are deleted To erase one digit or letter use or to position the cursor under it and then press Clear Black E If you want to insert characters use or to position the cursor where you want to insert them and then type 3 Follow the directions beginning at Step 4in Storing One Touch Dial numbers and Storing Speed Dial numbers See Storing One Touch Dial numbers on page 7 1 and Storing Speed Dial numbers on page 7 2 AUTO DIAL NUMBERS AND DIALING OPTIONS 7 3 Setting up Groups for Broadcasting Groups which can be stored on a One Touch key or a Speed Dial location allow you to send the same fax message to many fax numbers by pressing only a One Touch key and Start or Search Speed Dial the three digit location and Start First you ll need to store each fax number as a One Touch or Speed Dial number Then you can combine them into a Group Each Group uses up a One Touch key or a Speed Dial location Finally you can have up to six small Groups or you c
73. type of file Faxing Filing and Copying Text for OCR Photos Photos High Quality Photos Quick Scan Custom Draft Copy or Fine Copy To change any of the settings for this mode click Modify Settings 14 12 USNGTHE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER FOR WINDOWS 9599 98S EIME 2000 PROFES SONAL AND WNDOWG NTE WS 40 Word Processor Word ProcessorFrom the pull down list select the word processor you want to use Click the Link Settings button to display the screen to set up the document format you want to use and identify the OCR program Convert Image to Text with OCR PaperPort OCR x File Type From the pull down list select the file type you want to use for your word processor or text documents OCR ldentify the OCR program to use to convert scanned document images to editable documents This option is available only when you have an OCR program other than the one provided with PaperPort PaperPort 8 0 uses the same OCR engine that is in ScanSoft s TextBridge Pro Millennium product Click the Settings button to choose how the OCR application will read the pages that you scan into your word processor application The OCR Settings window will appear OCR Settings Fa M Auto orient page I Single column output Cancel Select your setting and click OK E Auto orient page Click this checkbox to automatically rotate pages so that the text is upnght E Single column output Click this check
74. 4329 In Canada 1 877 BROTHER In Montreal 514 685 6464 22 2 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE ERROR MESSAGES ERROR CAUSE ACTION MESSAGE Out Of Memory You cant store data in the memory Fax sending in process Satin and wait until the other operations in progress finish and then try again OR Clear the data inthe memory See Outof Memory message on page 10 5 Copy operation in process PressStop and waituntil the other operations in process finish and then try again OR Clear the data inthe memary See Outof Memory message on page 10 5 OR Add an optional memory See Memory board on page 23 1 Printing operation in process Reduce print resolution See Print Qualityon page 12 5 OR Clear the data inthe memary See Outof Memory message on page 10 5 OR Add an optional memory See Memory board on page 23 1 The number you dialed does notansweroris Verify the number and try again ae ee busy Not You tried to access a One Touch or Regist ered Speed Dial number that is not programmed Apage piece of paper or paper clip etc may be jammed inside the MFC No DX Tray You tried to make duplex printing with duplex cover open Setup the One Touch orSpeed Didl number See Storing One Touch Dial numbers on page 7 1 and Storing Speed Dial numbers on page 7 2 Open the front cover Ifyousee any jammed paper or other item gently pull
75. 5 2 25 Remote Fax Opt The LCD will ask you to choose a 2 Fax Storage i A On fax setting Ae 2 Press or toselecton or Off Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit a If there are faxes in the memory when you tum Fax Storage OFF the LCD will ask if you want to erase the faxes in the memory If you press 1 all fax data is erased and Fax Storage is turned off If you press 2 faxes are not erased and Fax Storage stays on See Printing a fax from the memory on page 5 5 a m After you have selected Paging or Fax Forwarding feature Fax Storage is set to On automatically If you bring Paging or Fax Forwarding feature back to Off Fax Storage stays on E If there is apower failure the data in the memory will remain for up to 4 days REMOTE FAXOPTIONS 8 3 Setting your Remote Access Code The remote access code lets you access the Remote Retrieval features when you are away from your MFC Before you use the remote access and retrieval features you have to set up your own code The default code is inactive code 7 Press Menu 2 5 3 25 Remote Fax Opt 2 Enter a three digit code using Te RETOLE ACCESS numbers 0 9 or iocecs togara Press Set The preset cannot be changed a Do not use the same digits that appear in your Fax Receive Code 51 or Telephone Answer Code 51 See Operation from extension telephones on page 5 7 3 Press Stop Exit a mM You can change your code at any time by enter
76. 6 Remaining Jobs Any jobs that are waiting will ee eee 002 15 00 BIC appear on the LCD v 003 17 30 ABCDEFG 2 Ifyou have more than two jobs waiting press or amp to select the job you want to cancel Press Set OR If you only have one job waiting go to Step 3 3 Press 1 to cancel OR Press 2 to exit without canceling To cancel another job go to Step 2 4 Press Stop Exit SETUP SEND 6 11 Advanced sending operations Composing the electronic Cover Page The Cover Page is created at the receiving machine Your Cover Page includes the name stored in the One Touch or Speed Dial memory If you re dialing manually the name is left blank The Cover Page shows your Station ID and the number of pages you re sending See Setting the Station ID on page 4 2 If you have Cover Page set to ON Menu 2 2 7 the number of pages is left blank You can select a comment to include on your Cover Page 1 Comment Off 2 Please Call 3 Urgent 4 Confidential Instead of using one of the preset comments you can enter two personal messages of your own up to 27 characters long Use the chart on page 4 3 for help entering characters See Composing your own comments on page 6 13 5 User Defined 6 User Defined Most of the Setup Send settings are temporary to allow you to make changes for each fax you send However when you set up your Cover Page and Cover Page Comments you are changing the default se
77. 9U0 yono SUISN SUTYORU XPj JO Iud e Wo Joquinu xez mo Pq L l L po ss 2 y 3Jow y Buisn lt Fold Fold gt 0 6 SS31d NOILYH3d0 SLOWSY LXJ ssaid Auo xeq Z ssaid aL xeq ssaid AY L EUI 40f uay 86 SS JOIN 3A393H 39NYH9 s gess w ON Sd9aq J10ys sasessoul xe g d q Suor L Z 6 SSeld SNLVLS SNIAIZDAY 93H49 REMOTE RETRIEVAL ACCESS CARD R 1 Changing Remote Access Code When you are at the machine 7 Press Menu 2 5 3 2 Enter a three digit number from 000 to 999 The cannot be changed 3 Press Set 4 Press Stop Remote Commands CHANGE PaainG Fax FORWARDING SETTING Press 95 then to Turn feature Off press 1 Select Fax Forwarding press 2 Select Paging press 3 lt Fold Fold gt Program Fax Forwarding Number press 4 Enter the new fax number where you want your fax messages forwarded followed by Turn Fax Storage On press 6 Turn Fax Storage Off press 7 RETRIEVE A FAX Press 96 then to Retrieve all faxes press 2 then enter the number of remote fax machine followed by After the beep hang up and wait Erase all fax messages press 3 EQUIPMENT ATTACHMENT LIMITATIONS Canada only NOTICE This product meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications NOTICE The Ringer Equivalence Number is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a tel
78. A feature that enables your MFC to redial the last fax number if the fax did not go through because the line was busy Auto Reduction Reduces the size of incoming faxes Batch Transmission As acost savings feature all delayed faxes to the same fax number will be sent as one transmission Beeper The sound the keys make when they are pressed an error occurs or a fax has been received or sent Beeper volume Volume setting for the beep when you press a key or make an error Broadcasting The ability to send the same fax message to more than one location Caller ID A subscriber service purchased from the Telephone Company that lets you see the number or name of the party calling you Your MFC stores the latest callers so you can print a Log and view caller information CNG tones The special tones beeps sent by fax machines during automatic transmission to tell the receiving machine that they are from a fax machine Communication error or Comm Error An error during fax sending or receiving usually caused by line noise or static GLOSSARY G 1 Coding Method Method of coding the information contained in the original All fax machines must use a minimum standard of Modified Huffman MH Your MFC is capable of greater compression methods Modified Read MR Modified Modified Read MMR and JBIG if the receiving machine has the same capability Compatibility Group The ability of one fax unit to communicate with another Comp
79. ASA PRINTER Simultaneous printing and faxing Your MFC can print from your computer while sending or receiving a fax and scanning the original into the computer Fax sending will not be stopped during PC printing Two sided printing Duplex Printing The supplied printer driver supports duplex printing For more information see Duplex Printing on page 12 7 Automatic Duplex Printing For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN In this mode the MFC prints on both sides of the A4 Letter or Legal paper automatically 1 Open the Properties dialog box in the printer driver 2 Select Duplex Printing mode in the Advanced tab make sure that Use Duplex Unit has been selected and then click the OK button See Duplex Printing on page 12 7 The printer will print on both sides of the paper automatically m When you select Use Duplex Unit HQ1200 is not available E If you also want to use Duplex Printing for fax and copy operations see To use Automatic Duplexing for fax copy and print operations For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN on page 2 10 USING THE MFC AS A PRINTER 11 3 Manual Duplex Printing The MFC prints all the even numbered pages on one side of the paper first Then the Windows driver instructs you with a pop up message to reinsert the paper Before reinserting the paper straighten it well or you may get a paper jam Very thin or very thick paper is not recommended We recommend 75 to 90 g m 20 to 24 Ib paper
80. Adobe Documenti PaperPort My Recent Eigene PaperPort Dokumente Documents mes documents PaperPort mijn PaperPort documenten Mina PaperPort dokument Mis documentos de PaperPort B My Music my PaperPort Documents B My Pictures My Network File name Places Save as type Text files csv v Cancel AA USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 11 Importing to the Address Book You can import ASCII text files csv or Vcards electronic business cards into your Address Book To import an ASCII text file 7 From the Address Book select File point to Import and then click Text OR Click Vcard and go to Step 5 Select Items Select the fields from the Available Items list in the same order they are listed in the Import text file You must select the separator character used in the Import text file Available Items Selected Items Add gt gt Job Ti City k lt lt Remove lt lt Remove Business Phone Divide Character C Tab f 2 From the Available Items column select the data fields you want to Import and click Add gt gt SA From the Available Items list select the fields in the same order they are listed in the Import text file 3 Select the Divide Character Tabor Comma based on the file format you are importing 4 To import the data click OK 17 12 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 5 Type the name of the file and then select Open Look in B My Do
81. CD shows the setting you want OR You can change the default setting If itis not illuminated in green press Z Fax 2 Press Menu 2 2 2 22 setup Send 3 Press or to select the a Se A Standard resolution you want Fije Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit Standard Suitable for most typed originals Fine Good for small print and transmits a little slower than Standard resolution S Fine Good for small print or artwork and transmits slower than Fine resolution Photo Use when the original has varying shades of gray This has the slowest transmission time SETUP SEND 6 7 Manual and automatic fax Redial If you are sending a fax manually and the line is busy press Redial Pause and then press Start to try again If you want to make a second call to the last number dialed you can save time by pressing Redial Pause and Start Redial Pause only works if you dialed from the control panel If you are sending a fax automatically and the line is busy the MFC will automatically redial one time after five minutes 6 8 SETUP SEND Dual Access You can dial a number and begin scanning the fax into memory even when the MFC is receiving sending or printing a fax from memory The LCD shows the new job number o4 If you geta Out Of Memory message while scanning the first page of a fax press Stop Exitto cancel scanning If you get a Out Of Memory message while scanning a subsequent page you can pr
82. D BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER Custom button Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Scan Type C Application 2 Select Configuration for the Scan Type To configure the scan operation click on the Configuration Tab Depending upon which Scan Type button you selected you will see a different Configuration Tab list of settings Application Select the destination application program from the pull down list Custom button Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Application Eaa ee ate bd Link Preferences Format Folder Click on Link Preferences to set the Send to options You can select the application from the scroll menu on the left USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 31 Send To Options Microsoft WordPad Program Links Send Image ltem s File type windows Write wri Convert Image to Text with OCR PaperPort OCR Settings I Include icon on Send To bar Cancel Help File Select the file format from the Format pull down list You can either send the file to the default PaperPort directory or select your own destination directory by selecting Other Folder Use the Browse button to select the destination directory Custom button Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Application Format PaperPort Image ltem max v Folder PaperPort Other Folder F Documents and Settings CS Group My Docum
83. E NTE WS 40 Copy Scanner Setting Draft Copy T Modify Settings Copy Settings Brother MFC 8420 Printer p To access the Copy Configurations screen Place the original face up in the ADF The Brother Control Center screen will pop up 2 Right click the Copy and click on Configuration Click the Modify Settings button to view the configuration screen of the Control Center To save your settings click OK OR To go back to the factory default settings click the Restore Defaults button Scanner settings From the pull down list select the scanning mode that is appropriate for the type of file Draft Copy or Fine Copy To change any of the settings for this mode click Modify Settings Number of copies Cop ies Enter the number of copies you want to print To change the copy options click the Copy Options button Click OK to save your Copy settings USING THE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER FOR WINDOWS 95 98 98SE E2000 PROFESSIONAL AND WINCOWSNT WS40 14 15 Send a fax m Scanner Setting FAXing Filing and Copying Modify Settings FAX Settings Brother PC FAX FAX Resolution Fine 200x200 FAX Options To access the Send a fax Configurations screen 7 Place the original face up in the ADF The Brother Control Center screen will pop up 2 Right click the Send a fax and click on Configuration Click the Modify Settings button to vie
84. ETTINGS Advanced tab Kd rT vance uppor 1 4 i rh gt O Hg 1200 600 dpi 300 dpi Toner Save Mode Off On Print Setting Use Printer Halftone Use System Halftone C Improve gray printing To return to the default settings click the Default button Change the tab settings by selecting one of the following icons 1 Print Quality 2 Duplex 3 Watermark 4 Page Setting 5 Device Options Print Quality Resolution You can change the resolution as follows mM HQ 1200 mM 600 dpi mM 300 dpi When you select Use Duplex Unit HQ1200 is not available PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS 12 5 Toner Save You can save running costs by tuming on the Toner Save Mode which reduces the print density Print Setting For Windows 95 98 98S E Me Print Setting is used for optimizing your print quality for the type of original being printed Photos Graphics or Scanned Images When you choose Auto Recommended the printer automatically prints with the most suitable print settings With the Print Setting set to Manual you can change the Brightness Contrast and Graphics Quality options manually For Windows 2000 XP NT WS 4 0 m Check Use Printer Halftone to print using Halftone m Check Use System Halftone to print using Halftone of the system To change the setting press Setting E If the halftone cannot be printed correctly check Improve gray printing 12 6 PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS Dupl
85. FC prints unexpectedly or it prints garbage The MFC prints first couple of pages correctly then some pages have text missing The MFC cannotprint full pages of a document Out Of Memorymessage occurs My headers or footers appear when I view my document on the screen but donot appear when I print hem Scanning Difficulties Check the following The MFC is pluggedin andthe power switch turned On See the Quick Setup Guide on page 7 The toner cartridge and drum unit are installed properly See Replacing the drum unit on page 22 34 The interface cable is securely connected between the MFC and computer See the Quick Setup Guide Check to see if LCD is showing an error message See Error messages on page 22 1 Reset the MFC or turn it off and then on again Check the primary settings in your application software to make sure itis setup to workwith your MFC Your computer is not recognizing the printer s input buffer full signal Please make sureto comect the MFC cable correctly Reduce te printing resolution Reduce the complexity of your document and try again Reduce the graphic quality or the number of font sizes within your application software Most laser printers have a restricted area that will not accept print Usually these are the first two lines and last two lines leaves 62 printable lines Adjust the top and bottom margins in your documentto allow for this TWAIN errors appear while scanning Ma
86. Format pull down list You can save the file to the default PaperPort folder so the file appears in PaperPort or you can select another folder directory by clicking the Browse button USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 7 Scan to Image SmartUl Hardware Section Software Section Hardware Buttons Exit Scan To E mail User Guide Scan To File Restore Scan To OCR Brother MFC XXXX To configure the Scan to Image feature left click on the Scan to Image button and the following screen will appear You have the ability to change the configuration which includes the destination image format or document application Scan to Image Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Application Microsoft Paint X Microsoft Paint a Microsoft WordPad E Notepad Outlook Express Mi Format Folder 15 8 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER To change the default setting of the scan click on the Scan Settings tab Scan to Image Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Color Mode 24 bit Color Resolution 200 X Paper Size etter 9 5 x11 in v Brightness Darken Lighten Contrast 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 0 100 Restore Defaults Cancel You can set the Color Mode to Black amp White 8 bit Gray or 24 bit Color The resolution can be changed from 100 to 1200 dpi You can define the size of the paper you
87. MFC takes after the last Copy or Scan operation before it retums to Fax mode If you select Off the MFC stays in the mode you used last p ee Press Menu 1 1 11 Mode Timer 2 Press or to select A oo o 0 Sec 30 Secs 1 Min v 1 Min 2 Mins 5 Mins or Off 3 Press Set Setting the Paper Type To get the best print quality set the MFC for the type of paper you are using For MFC 8 420 Press Menu 1 2 12 Paper Type OR A Plain Thick If you have the optional paper tray w Thicker press Menu 1 2 1 to set the paper type for Tray 1 or Menu 1 2 2 to set the paper type for Tray 2 1 Tray 1 2 Tray 2 Select AV amp Set 2 Press or to select Thin Plain Thick Thicker or Transparency 3 Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit 12 Paper Type GETTING STARTED 4 5 For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN paper type forMP Tray 1 MP Tray OR 2 Tray 1 O 3 Tray 2 Press Menu 1 2 2 to set the paper type for Tray 1 OR If you have the optional paper tray press Menu 1 2 3 to set the paper type for Tray 2 Plain Thick Thicker or 1 MP Tray Transparency A Plain 3 p Set v Thick eo er 4 Press Stop Exit o4 You can select Transparency for Tray 1 and Tray 2 only when 44 Letter or Legal is selected in Menu 1 3 Setting the Paper Size You can use eight sizes of paper for printing copies A4 letter legal executive A5 A6 B5 and B6 and three
88. MFL Pro Suite and then select PC FAX Setup BROTHER NETWORK PC FAX SOFTWARE 20 1 2 Check Enable box Brother PC FAX Setup User Information Sending Speed Dial Facsimile style only Dial Setting Outside line access Header W Include header The location of the address book can be changed from the PC FAx Setup window This can be accessed from the main PC F As transmission screen User interlace t Simple style i Facsimile style Cancel a This software can be used in a network environment and with a locally connected machine It is important that when used in a network environment the Network PC Fax is set to enable 20 2 BROTHER NETWORK PC FAX SOFTWARE Extra options in Address Book When the Enable Network PC FAX option is selected three additional options appear in the address book contact window 1 2 4 iad In the Address Book dialog box click the icon to add a mem ber The Brother Address Book Member Setup dialog box will appear Brother Address Book Member Setup Hame i FO Title Company FO Department PO Job Title Street Address fF City FP State Province PO Zip Code Fost Code PO Count Region FP Business Phone PO Home Phone PO Mobile Phone PO Fax fF ssi E Mail FO MFCE MailAddess 0000 OF Cancel In the Brother Address Book Member Setup dialog box type the member s information Name is required field You can also enter an E mail contact a
89. NAL AND WINDOWSNT WS40 14 17 Using the Windows Based Brother SmartUI Control Center For Windows XP Brother SmartUl Control Center The Brother Control Center is a software utility that allows you to quite easily with very few mouse clicks access the most frequently used scanning applications Using the Control Center eliminates the need to manually launch the specific applications and allows you to scan a document directly to a folder on your computer The Brother Control Center provides four categories of operations 7 Scan directly to a file E mail word processor or graphics application of your choice 2 Enhanced copy functions such as Four Two or One on One Copying 3 PC Faxing using the Brother PC Fax software 4 Custom buttons allow you to configure a button to meet your own application requirements SmartUl Hardware Section Software Section Scan Copy a Scan To File Copy one to one ag Ea Outlook Express e Copy two to one Scan To File Brother PC FAX Pi Microsoft Copy four to one Scan To File WordPad s w Microsoft Paint Scan To File W M AutoLoad Pop UP i At your side Brother MFC 8420 USB In the Task Tray right click on the Control Center amp icon and select Show to have access to the Brother SmartUI Control Center window USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 1 AutoLoad the Brother Control Center The Control Center is initially configured to auto
90. NDOWS Scanning a document into the PC If you want to scan a whole page use the ADF automatic document feeder OR If you want to scan a portion of the page after pre scanning the document use the scanner glass Flatbed Scanning a document using the ADF Place the ori ginal face up in the ADF automatic document feeder Scan using Brother XXXXXXXXX What do you want to scan Paper source A Document Feeder v Select an option below for the type of picture you want to scan saae Color picture pate O Grayscale picture By O Black and white picture or text 3 Custom Settings C You can also Adjust the quality of the scanned picture D Select the Document Feeder from the Paper source drop down list box A Select the picture type B Select the Paper size from the drop down list box D If you require advanced settings click Adjust the quality ofthe scanned picture C You can select Brightness Contrast Resolution and Picture Type from the Advanced Properties Click the OK button after you choose your settings OHH N HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 13 11 Advanced Properties Advanced Properties Appearance 1 Contrast a Resolution DPI Picture type 100 Color picture E The scanner resolution you can select is up to 1200 x 1200 dpi mM For resolutions greater than 1200 dpi use the Brother Scanner Utility See Brother Scanner Utilit
91. NG COPIES 10 11 Duplex N in 1 copy N in 1 copy You can save paper by copying either two or four pages onto one page Please make sure paper size is set to A4 Letter or Legal 1 2 8 9 Press j Copy to illuminate it in green Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want up to 99 Press Duplex N in 1 Press Set to select N in 1 Press or to select2 in 1 P 2 in 1 L 4 in 1 P or4 in 1 L Press Set If you are ready to copy gotoStep7 Enig Red 100 OR Quality Auto Press gt or to select Contrast OUSUU Tray 1 LTR Quality Contrast OF Tray Prescayv r Start 01 Press Set Press or to select a new setting Press Set Press Start If you are using the ADF the MFC scans the originals and prints the copies OR If you are using the scanner glass Flatbed Copy the MFC scans the page Place Next Page the next original on the scanner glass Select 1 and press Set or press 1 to copy next page Repeat Step 7 and8 for each page of the layout 10 After all the pages of the original have been scanned select 2 and press Set or press 2 to print the copies 10 12 MAKING COPIES A P means Portrait and L means Landscape a You can also combine the N in 1 and Duplex operations See Duplex 2 in 1 and Duplex 4 in 1 For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN on
92. Never install a telephone jackin a wet location unless the jack is specifically designed for a wet location Install equipment with a power cord near a socket outlet that is easily accessible To reduce the risk of shock or fire use only a No 26 AWG or larger telecom munication line cord Do not use a telephone in the vicinity of gas leak to report leak Do not use this product near appliances that use water in a wet basement or near a swimming pool Avoid using a telephone other than a cordless type during an electrical storm There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning Caution Lightning and power surges can damage this product We recommend that you use a quality surge protection device on the AC power line and on the telephone line or unplug the lines during a lightning storm Choosing a location Place your MFC on a flat stable surface that is free of vibration and shocks such as a desk Put the MFC near a telephone jack anda standard grounded power outlet Choose a location where the temperature remains between 50 F and 95 5 F 10 32 5 C Caution E Avoid placing your MFC in a high traffic area mM Do notplace near heaters air conditioners water chemicals or refrigerators E Do not expose the MFC to direct sunlight excessive heat moisture or dust E Do not connect your MFC to electrical outlets controlled by wall switches or automatic timers E Disruption of power can wipe out information
93. OTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 3 Auto Configuration During the installation process the Control Center checks your system to determine the default applications for E mail word processing and graphics viewer editor For example if you are using Outlook as your default E mail application the Control Center automatically will create a link and a scanning application button for Outlook You can change the default application by right clicking on any of the scan buttons in the Control Center and then clicking Configuration Select the Configuration tab and from the Application pull down menu select a different application For example you can change the E mail scan button from Outlook Express to Outlook by changing the application that is listed Scan te OCR Scan action Configuration Scan Settings Application Microsoft WordPad v Link Preferences Famat Folder n Bea 15 4 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER Hardware Section Changing the Scan to button configuration When the SmartUI Control Center is displayed you can access the Hardware Section window to reconfigure the Scan button on your MFC Click the Hardware Section tab at the top left of the SmartUI Control Center screen See Using the scan key For USB or Parallel interface cable users on page 13 16 SmartUl Hardware Section Software Section Hardware Buttons Scan To File Scan To Image Scan To OCR
94. OTHER THAN THIS ONE WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED e This Limited Warranty is the only warranty that Brother is giving for this Product It is the final expression and the exclusive and only statement of Brother s obligations to you It replaces all other agreements and understandings that you may have with Brother or its representatives This warranty gives you certain rights and you may also have other rights that may vary from state to state This Limited Warranty and Brother s obligation to you may not be changed in any way unless you and Brother sign the same piece of paper in which we 1 refer to this Product and your bill of sale date 2 describe the change to this warranty and 3 agree to make that change Important We recommend that you keep all onginal packing materials in the event that you ship this product MFC LIMITED WARRANTY USA v vi BROTHER MULTIFUNCTION CENTER FACSIMILE MACHINE LIMITED WARRANTY Canada only Pursuant to this limited warranty of 1 year from the date of purchase for labour and parts Brother International Corporation Canada Ltd Brother or its Authorized Service Centers will repairthis MFC Facsimile machine free of charge if defective in material or workmanship This Limited Warranty does not include cleaning consumables including without limitation print cartridges p
95. Please check Brother Solutions Center for the latest updates available for Brother Network PC FAX Visit http solutions brother com Quick Tips Please see Enable Network PC FAX on page 20 1 before using Brother Network PC FAX Ensure that Network PC FAX is set to Enable in the Sending tab of Setup See Enable Network PC FAX on page 20 1 Brother PC FAX Setup User Information Sending Speed Dial Facsimile style only Dial Setting Outside line access Header Network PC FAx Ii Include header E The location of the address book can be changed from the PC FAx Setup window This can be accessed from the main PC F As transmission screen User interlace t Simple style i Facsimile style BROTHER NETWORK PC FAX SOFTWARE 20 5 2 E To send an E mailfrom Brother Network PC FAX you can either enter the E mail address in the To field or in the display for Facsimile Style using the PC keyboard or select the member from the Address Book The member must have E mail selected as the chosen destination for that member To send an Internet Fax from Brother Network PC FAX youcan either enter the Internet Fax address in the To field or in the display for Facsimile style using the PC keyboard or select the member from the Address Book The member must have MFC Mail Address selected as the chosen destination for that member To send a Network Fax simply select a member from the address book or enter the fax number
96. Press Set The MFC starts scanning and returns to Step 7 Repeat Step 7 and 8 for each additional page The number of pages you can scan into the memory depends on the amount of data that is printed on each page SETUP SEND 6 19 Delayed Batch Transmission Before sending the delayed faxes your MFC will help you economize by sorting all the faxes in the memory by destination and scheduled time All delayed faxes that are scheduled to be sent at the same time to the same fax number will be sent as one fax to save transmission time 7 If itis not illuminated in reen press Z Fax g 2 Press Menu 2 2 4 ee setup Send 3 Press or to select On or A a a Of f v off Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit 6 20 SETUP SEND Setting up Polled Transmission Polled Transmission is when you set up your MFC to wait with a paper original so another fax machine can call and retrieve it 1 Q E If it is not illuminated in green press Fax Place the original that is going to be retrieved face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Press Menu 2 2 6 22 Setup Send Press lt or to choose On a TX oroff v Off Press Set Press 1 if you want to choose more settings and the LCD will return to the Setup Send menu OR Press 2 if you have finished choosing settings and go to step 5 Press Start The MFC starts scanning the document If you place the original in the ADF wait for the fax
97. RCONTROL CENTER FOR WINDOWS 959898SEME 2000 PROFESSIONAL AND WINDOWS NT W640 14 5 Setting up the scanner configurations The Pop Up application stores eight different scanning modes Each time you scan an original you can choose the most appropriate scanning mode from the following Faxing Filing and Copying Text for OCR Photos Photos High Quality Photos Quick Scan Custom Draft Copy Fine Copy Each mode has its own set of stored settings You can keep the factory default settings or change them at any time Resolution From the pull down list select the scanning resolution you most often use Color Mode From the pull down list select the color settings you most often use Scan Size From the pull down list select the scan size you most often use Brnghtness Slide the adjuster from 0 to 100 Contrast Slide the adjuster from 0 to 100 Click OK to save your changes If you make a mistake or want the original default setting just click the Restore Defaults button when the scanning mode is displayed 14 6 USNGTHEBROTHER CONTROL CENTER FOR WINDOWS 95 98 98SE ME 2 00 PROFESSIONAL AND WINDOWS NT WS 4 0 Perform an operation from the Control Center screen If you see this screen it means you left clicked a button in the Control Center window without first placing an original in the ADF For models with an ADF Please insert paper into the ADF before pressing the Brother MFL Pro Control Center buttons or
98. ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 27 Replacing the toner cartridge The MFC can print up to 6 500 pages using a high yieldtoner cartridge When the toner cartridge is running low the LCD shows Toner Low The MFC is supplied with a standard toner cartridge that must be replaced after approximately 3 300 pages Actual page count will vary depending on your average type of orginal i e standard letter detailed graphics o4 It is a good idea to keep a new toner cartridge ready for use when you see the Toner Low warning Discard the used toner cartridge according to local regulations keeping it separate from domestic waste Be sure to seal the toner cartridge tightly so toner powder does not spill outofthe cartridge If you have questions call your local waste disposal office We recommend that you clean the MFC when you replace the toner cartridge 22 28 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE How to replace the toner cartridge A WARNING Just after you use the MFC some internal parts of the machine will be extremely HOT So never touch the shaded parts shown in the illustration Caution E Place the drum unit on a drop cloth or large piece of disposable paper to avoid spilling and scattering the toner E To prevent damage to the MFC from static electricity do not touch the electrodes shown below TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 29
99. SETUP SEND 6 3 Faxing legal size originals from the scanner glass When originals are legal size you need to set the Glass Fax Size to Legal If youdo not the bottom portion of the faxes will be missing 7 If itis not illuminated in green press lt 3 Fax 2 Press Menu 2 2 0 3 Press or amp to select Legal Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit Out of Memory message Ifyouget anOut of Memory message while scanning the first page of a fax press Stop Exit to cancel the scan If you get an Out of Memory message while scanning a subsequent page you will have the option to press Start to send the pages scanned so far or to press Stop Exit to cancel the operation Manual transmission Manual transmission lets you hear the dialing ringing and fax receiving tones while sending a fax 7 If itis not illuminated in green press Fax Place the Original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Pick up the handset of the external phone and listen for a dial tone OR Press Hook and listen for a dial tone 3 On the external phone dial the fax number you want to call If you pressed Hook dial using the MFC dial pad 4 When you hear the fax tone press Start If you are using the ADF goto Step 6 cend or Receive If you are using the scanner glass A 1 Send go to Step 5 vV 2 Receive 5 Press 1 to send a fax 6 if you picked up the handset of the external phone replace it 6 4 SETUP SEND Automati
100. ScanSoft PaperPort and TextBridge OCR Go to Using ScanSoff PaperPorf and TextBridge OCR on page 13 19 Scanning a document TWAIN compliant The Brother MFL Pro Suite software includes a TWAIN compliant scanner driver TWAIN drivers meet the standard universal protocol for communicating between scanners and software applications This means that not only can you scan images directly into the PaperPort viewer that Brother included with your MFC but you can also scan images directly into hundreds of other software applications that support TWAIN scanning These applications include popular programs like Adobe Photoshop Adobe PageMaker CorelDraw and many more HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 13 1 How to access the Scanner 1 Open the software application Scan Soft PaperPort to scan a document a The instructions for scanning in this Guide are for when you use ScanSoft PaperPort 8 0SE 2 Select Scan from the File drop down menu or select the Scan button The Scan pane appears in the left panel 3 Select Brother MFC 8820D Brother MFC 8820D USB or Brother MFC 8820D LAN from the Scanner drop down list box 4 Click Scan If the MFC is connected via Parallel use Brother MFC 8520D USB use Brother MFC 8820 USB LAN use Brother MFC 8820D LAN The Brother MFC 8820D Brother MFC 8820D USB or Brother MFC 8820D LAN Scanner Setup dialog box will appear Brother MFC 8820D Scanner Setup 3 0
101. Set 5 Press Start OR Press other Temporary Copy keys for more settings Press Contrast Contrast MAKING COPIES 10 9 Tray Select You can change the tray use only for the next copy 7 Press j Copy to illuminate it in green Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want up to 99 Press Tray Select Press or to select the tray usage Press Set Q AQ N Press Start OR Press other Temporary Copy keys for more settings For MFC 8420 with the optional paper tray 2 Press Tray Select Tray Select For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN with the optional paper tray 2 Press Tray Select Tray Select 1 XXX 2 XXX XXX is the paper size you set in Menu 1 3 For MFC 8420 the LCD displays the tray use selections only if the optional paper tray is installed 10 10 MAKING COPIES Duplex N in 1 Duplex prints on both sides of the paper ey Press N in 1 P Duplex N in 1 MFC 8820D L 8820DN Nin 1 MFC 8420 P Duplex j Duplex 1 in 1 Portrait1 MF C 8820D 2 Landscape1 Single Sided Double Sided 2 Rete Vivivtiviv gee Duplex 2 in 1 Portraitl MF C 8820D ieee me gt Duplex 4 in 1 Portraitl MF C 8820D E eset eh ieee me g i O S ae oe Vv a Pe v ye AE Sasa S Viv Seales v 5 H MAKI
102. Set the image Type to Black and White for text or line art For photographic images set the image type to Gray Error diffusion or True Gray Gray Error Diffusion is used for documents with photographic images or graphics Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated gray images by placing black dots instead of the true gray dots in a specific matrix instead of true gray dots True Gray is used for documents with photographic images or graphics This mode is more exact because it uses up to 256 shades of gray It requires the most memory and takes the longest transfer time Colors Choose either 8 bit Color which scans up to 8 bit Color or 24 bit Color which scans up to 16 8 million colors Although using 24 bit Color creates an image with the most accurate colors the image file willbe about three times larger than a file created with 8 bit Color Brother MFLPro Scanner Image Scanning Area Resolution 200x 200 dpi Color Type KAEI ea inc Gray ror Diffusion Scanning Ared True Gray are 8 Bit Color width 8 5 94 Bit color 11 Length Unit mm 8 inch Adjust custom ColorSync Scanner Profile Brother MFC XXX O Use Photo Paper 55 USING YOUR MFC WITH AMACINTOSH 18 25 Scanning Area Set the Size to one of the following Letter 8 5 x 11 inches A4 210 x 297 mm Legal 8 1 2 x 14 in A5 148 x 210 mm B5 182 x 257
103. TER DRIVER SETTINGS 12 13 Print Date amp Time When enabled the Print Date and Time feature will automatically print the date and time from your computers system clock on your docu ment gt Printing Preferences Basic Advanced Support m EJE Printer Function Secure Print Date amp Time Quick Print Setup Frint Date amp Time Enable Date amp Time Format Date Time 19 43 43 Date amp Time Pasitian Background C Lett Center Right Darkness a Opaque Transparent Click the Setting button to change the Date and Time Format You can change the Font by clicking the Font button or the Position To include a background with the Date and Time select Opaque When Opaque is selected you can set the Darkness of the Date and Time background by changing the percentage The Date and Time indicated in the selection box represents the format that will be printed The actual Date and Time printed on your document is automatically retrieved from the settings of your computer 12 14 PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS Accessories tab The Accessories Tab includes the settings for configuring the printer driver for the size of paper loaded in each paper source This tab also installs any additional options into the driver settings Paper Source Setting To configure the paper size for each paper source highlight the source inthe Paper Source Setting list Select the Paper Size from the
104. Tray 1 2 When using the ADF copies will automatically be printed from Tray 2 if the Paper Size setting for Tray 2 is different than Tray 1 and this paper size is more suitable for the scanned onginal GETTING STARTED 4 11 Setting the Tray Use for Fax mode If your MFC doesn t have the optional tray 2 you can skip this setting The default setting of Auto allows your MFC to choose the optional Tray 2 if Tray 1 is out of paper or if incoming faxes will fit best on the paper in Tray 2 7 Press Menu 1 8 18 Tray Use Fax 2 Presse of toselectTray 1 4 ae aie a Only Tray 2 Only or Auto v AUO 3 Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit A If Auto Reduction istumed on incoming faxes will be printed from the tray that is set for Auto Reduction See Printing a reduced incoming fax Auto Reduction on page 5 5 Setting the LCD Contrast You can change the contrast to help the LCD look lighter or darker MFC 8420 19 LCD Contrast Press Menu 1 7 _oosco MFC 8820D 8820DN Press Menu 1 8 OR If you have the optional tray 2 press Menu 1 9 2 Press to increase the contrast OR Press to decrease the contrast Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit Select dP amp Set 4 12 GETTING STARTED Setup Receive Basic receiving operations Choosing the Receive Mode There are four different Receive Modes for your MFC You can choose the mode that best suits your needs Fax Only automatic rec
105. WS Scan to E mail You can either scan a black and white or color original into your E mail application as a file attachment You can change the Scan configuration See Scan to E mail on page 14 10 to 14 11 For Windows XP See Hardware Section Changing the Scan to button configurationon page 15 5 to 15 11 Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Press Scan 3 Press or toselect Scan to E Mail Press Set The MFC will scan the original create a file attachment and launch your E mail application displaying the new message waiting to be addressed Scan to Image You can scan a color picture into your graphics application for viewing and editing You can change the Scan configuration See Scan to Image on page 14 14 For Windows XP See Hardware Section Changing the Scan to button configuration on page 15 5 to 15 11 Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Press Scan 3 Press amp gt or itoselect Scan to Image Press Set The MFC will start the scanning process HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 13 17 Scan to OCR If your original is text you can have it converted by Scan Soft TextBridge to an editable text file and then have the result displayed in your word processing application for viewing and editing You can change the L Scan configuration See Scan to OCR Word Processor
106. Windows NT Workstation 4 0 and Windows Me Select Start Settings Control Panel Add Remove Programs and the Install Uninstall tab Select Brother Extensions for Paperport and click the Add Remove button Select PaperPort 8 0 SEfrom the list and click the Add Remove button For Windows 2000 Professional Select Start Settings Control Panel and Add Remove Programs Select Brother Extensions for Paperport and click the Change Remove button Select PaperPort 8 0 SE from the list and click the Change button For Windows XP Select Start Control Panal Add or Remove Programs and the Change or Remove Programs icon Select PaperPort 8 0 SE from the list and click the Change button 13 24 HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS d Using the Brother Control Center for Windows 95 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional and Windows NT WS 4 0 A If you are using Windows 2000 Professional or Windows NT 4 0 we recommend that you are logged on with administrator rights Brother MFL Pro Control Center The Brother Control Center is a software utility that pops up on the PC screen whenever paper is put in the ADF of the MFC This allows you to quickly and with very few mouse clicks to access the most frequently used scanning applications Using the Control Center stops the need to manually startup any specific applications The Brother Control Center provides three operations Scan Copy and PC Fax E Scan directly to a file E
107. XXX HA Presets Standard HA v Copies amp Pages it Layout Output Options f W Collated Faper Feed Print Settings OA m O From 1 to 1 Summary ERN Erana Acone j O Preview Save As PDF d Cancel USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 18 17 4 Select Facsimile from the Output pull down menu Printer MFC XXXX E Printer MFC XXXX E Presets Standard 4 Presets Standard 4 Send Fax FH Send Fax E Output Printer H4 Output Facimile k4 r ut a mober Input Fax Number Add Stored Fax Numbers Stored Fax Numbers work fa a Address Book work fax H4 Address Book Destination Fax Numbers Q Preview Save As PDF Cancel Print gt D Preview Save As PDF Cancel Print 9 5 To address the fax type a fax number in the Input Fax Numbers box and the click Print If you want to send a fax to more than one number click Add after entering the first fax number The destination fax numbers will be listed in the dialog box Printer MFC XXXX HA Nd c FAX Bob 999 888 0000 18 18 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH Drag a vCard from the Mac OS X Address Book application Click Address Book button 2 Drag a vCard from the Mac OS X Address Book application to the Destination Fax Numbers filed When you are finished addressing your fax click Print 7 e080 Address Boo
108. a button and following the configuration menus 15 14 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER Scan to File The Scan to File button allows you to scan an image and save it ina specific file type to any directory on your hard disk This allows you to easily archive your paper documents To configure the file type and save to directory right click on the Scan to File button and click Configuration The Scan Action tab is set to File and should not be changed Scan to File Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Scan Type C Application USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 15 To change the configuration click on the Configuration tab Scan to File Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Application Microsoft WordPad Format PaperPort Image Item max m Folder PaperPort C Other Folder C Documents and Settings inbox My Documents My Paper Browse Cancel Select the file type for the saved image by selecting from the Format pull down list You can save the file to the default PaperPort folder so the file appears in PaperPort or you can select another folder directory by clicking the Browse button You can change the default setting by selecting the Other Folder button and then clicking Browse and selecting the folderin which you wish to save your files 15 16 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER Scan to E mail The Sc
109. a fax machine calling another fax machine to retrieve waiting fax messages Pulse A form of rotary dialing on a telephone line Real Time Transmission When memory is full you can send faxes in real time Remaining jobs You can check which jobs are waiting in memory and cancel jobs individually Remote Retrieval Access The ability to access your MFC remotely from a touch tone phone G 4 GLOSSARY Remote Access Code Your own four digit code that allows you to calland access your MFC from a remote location Resolution The number of vertical and horizontal lines per inch See Standard Fine Super Fine and Photo Ring Delay The number of rings before the MFC answers in FAX mode Ring Volume Volume setting for the MFC s ring Scanning The process of sending an electronic image of a paper document into your computer Search An electronic alphabetical listing of stored One Touch Speed Dial and Group numbers Speed Dial A preprogrammed number for easy dialing You must press the Search Speed Dial key and then and the three digit code to start the dialing process Standard resolution 203 x 97 dpi It is used for regular size text and quickest transmission Station ID The stored information that appears on the top of faxed pages It includes the sender s name and fax number Super fine resolution 203 x 391 dpi Best for very small print and line art TAD telephone answering device You can connect an external TAD
110. ame 6 Goto Step 2 to store another One Touch number OR Press Stop Exit When you dial an auto dial number the LCD shows the name and number you ve stored or if you haven t stored a name only the number you ve stored Storing Speed Dial numbers You can store Speed Dial numbers so that when you dial you will only have to press a few keys Search Speed Dial the three digit number and Start The MFC can store 300 Speed Dial numbers Press Menu 2 3 2 23 Set Auto Dial 2 Use the dial pad to enter a 2 Speed Dial three digit Speed Dial number Speed Dial 2 001 300 For example press 005 Press Set If you have notinstalled the optional LAN board NC 9100h go to Step 4 OR If you are using the MFC 8820DN or have installed the optional LAN board NC 9100h the MFC will ask you if the Speed Dial is for a fax telephone number or an e mail address Go to Step 3 3 Press or io select 23 Set Auto Dial Fax Tel 100 A Fax Tel Press Set v EeAddreds Select AV amp Set 7 2 AUTO DIAL NUMBERS AND DIALING OPTIONS 4 Enterthe phone or fax number up to 20 digits Press Set 5 use the dial pad to enter the name up to 15 characters Press Set You can use the chart on page 4 3 to help you enter letters OR Press Setto store the number without a name 6 Goto Step 2 to store another Speed Dial number OR Press Stop Exit Changing One Touch and Speed Dial numbers If you
111. an assign up to 339 numbers to one large Group See Storing Speed Dial numberson page 7 2 and Changing One Touch and Speed Dial numbers on page 7 3 1 Press Menu 2 3 3 23 Set Auto Dial 2 Decide where you wish to store the 3 Setup Groups Group Group Dial AND Press a One Touch key OR Press Search Speed Dial and enter the three digit location and then press Set For example press One Touch key 2 for Group 1 3 Use the dial pad to enter the Group 53 cet Auto Dial number 002 Press Set exeupieO For example press 1 for Group 1 4 To include One Touch or Spe ed Dial numbers in the Group enter them as if you were dialing For example for One Touch key 05 press One Touch key 05 For Speed Dial location 009 press Search Speed Dial then press 009 on the dial pad The LCD shows 005 009 Press Set to accept the numbers for this Group Use the dial pad and the chart on page 4 3 to enter a name for the Group Press Set For example NEW CLIENTS Q 7 4 AUTO DIAL NUMBERS AND DIALING OPTIONS Press Stop Exit A You can print a list of all One Touch and Speed Dial numbers See Printing reports on page 9 3 Group numbers will be marked in the column of Group Dialing options a When you dial using an auto dial number the LCD shows the name you ve stored or if you haven t stored a name the fax number you ve stored Search You can search for names you have storedin
112. an to E mailis automatically configured to your default E mail application To change the default E mail application or attachment file type right click on the E mail button and select Configuration The Scan Action tab is set to E mail and should not be changed Scan to E mail Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Scan Type C Application To change the E mail application click on the Configuration tab From the Application pull down list select your preferred E mail application USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 17 Scan to Email Scanacticn onliguration Scan Settings Applicatior Cutlook Express Link Preferences Fermal Ite Folder To change the file type of the attachment click the Link Preferences button to set up links Check the Convert attachment to specified file type box and then select the appropriate file type from the pull down list Send To Options Outlook Express Program Links ltems are e mailed as file attachments V Convert attachments to specified file type Convert All documents and image items PaperPort image items MA only File type PaperPort Browser Viewable PaperPort Image ltem max F Combi PaperPort Browser Viewable htm PaperPort 4 0 Image Item max PaperPort 3 0 Image Item max Windows Bitmap bmp PC Paintbrush pex PEX Multi di dex 15 18 USING THE WINDOWS
113. and Lock then press Stop Exit Comm Error Poor phone line quality caused Try the call again If probem communication error continues call Telephone Company to check your phoneline Connection You tried to poll afax machine that is nat in Verify the other party s polling setup Fail Polled Waiting made Cooling Down The temperature of the drum unit or toner You must wait 20 minutes for it to Wait For A cartridge is too hot The MFC will pause its cool While Current print job and go in to cooling down mode During the coding down mode you will hear the cooling fan running while the display on the MFC shows Cooling Down and Wait For A While Cover Open The front cover was not completedy closed Close the front cover for the drum PLS Close unit Cover Disconnected The other party or other party s fax machine Try totransmit or receive again terminated the call DX Lever The paper adjustment lever for duplex Set the duplex lever to the correct Error printing is not correctly set for the paper size position See To use Automatic Duplexing for fax copy and print qoerations For MFC 8820D and MF C 8820DN on page 2 10 The face up output tray is open Please close the face up outputtray Fuser Open The fuser cover is open Please close the jam clear ey See Paper jams o page 22 6 Machine Error MFC hasa mechanical problem Call Brother Customer Service and XX tell them the Machine Error number In USA 1 800 284
114. and get RESULT NG or on RESULT ERROR the Transmission Verification Report your MFC may be outof memory To gain extra memory you can tum off Fax Storage See Setting Fax Storage on page 8 3 print fax messages in memory Gee Polling on page 5 9 or carcel a Delayed F ax or Polling Job See Cancelinga job while scanning the originalon page 6 11 Ifthe probbem continues ask the teleohone company to check your phone line TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 13 DIFFICULTY SU GGES TIONS Vertical black lines when If the copy you made shows the same problem your scamer is dirty sending See Cleaning the scamer on page 22 25 Handling Incoming Cals MFC Hears Voice as CNG If your MFC is set to Easy Receive ON it is more sensitive to sounds Tone Your MFC may mistekenly interpret certain voices or music on the line as a calling fax machine and respond with fax receiving tones Deactivate the fax by pressing Stop Exit T ry avoiding this problem by turning Easy Receive to OFF See Easy Receiveonpage 5 4 Sending a Fax Call to the If you answered at the MFC press Start and hang up immediate y If MFC you answered on an external or extension phone press your Fax Receive Code default settingis 51 When your MFC answers hang up Custom features on a single If you have Call Waiting Call Waiting Caller ID Caller ID RingMaster line Voice Mail an answering machine an alarm system or other custom f
115. and popularization of energy efficient office equipment As an Enercy StAr Partner Brother Industries Ltd has determined that this product meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency Oe THN Laser safety This equipment is certified as a Class laser product under the U S Department of Health and Human Services DHHS Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968 This means that the equipment does not produce hazardous laser radiation 21 4 IMPORTANT INFORMATION Since radiation emitted inside the equipment is completely confined within protective housings and external covers the laser beam cannot escape from the MFC during any phase of user operation FDA regulations U S Food and Drug Administration FDA has implemented regulations for laser products manufactured on and after August 2 1976 Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States The following label on the back of the MFC indicates compliance with the FDA regulations and must be attached to laser products marketed in the United States Manufactured BROTHER CORP ASIA LTD BROTHER BUJI NAN LING FACTORY Gold Garden Industry Nan Ling Village Buji Rong Gang Shenzhen China This product complies with FDA radiation performance standards 21 CFR Subchapter J A WARNING Use of controls adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified in this ma
116. angle Make sure you put the originals face up top edge first in the ADF until you feel them touch the feed roller 4 Adjust the paper guides to fit the width of your onginals The originals are Face Up inthe ADF 5 Dial the fax number Press Start The MFC starts scanning the first page 6 2 SETUP SEND Faxing from the scanner glass You can use the scanner glass to fax pages of a book or one page atatime The originals can be up to letter A4 or legal size 8 5 inches to 14 inches To cancel press Stop Exit 7 Ifitisnotilluminatedin green press Z Fax Lift the docurrent cover The originals are Face Down onthe Scanner Glass Document Guidelines a a face down on the scanner glass 3 Close the document cover If the originalis a book or is thick do not slam the cover or press on it 4 Dialthe fax number Press Start The MFC starts scanning the first page 5 Tosenda single page press 2 or Flatbed Fax press Start again The MFC starts Next Page PE v 1 Yes sending the original T OR To send more than one page press 1 and go to Step 6 6 Place the next page on the rated T scanner glass Set Next Page Press Set l Then Press Set The MFC starts scanning Repeat Steps 5 and 6 for each additional page a E Ifthe memory is full and you are faxing a single page it will be sent in real time E f you need to cancel before the fax is sent press Stop Exit
117. aper in the manual feed tray please remember the following m The side to be printed on must be face up mM Put the leading edge top of the paper in first and push it gently into the tray mM Make sure that the paper is straight and in the proper position on the manual feed tray If it is not the paper may not be fed properly resulting in a skewed printout or a paper jam E Do not put more than one sheet of paper or envelope in the manual feed tray at any one time or it may cause a jam PAPER 2 7 To load paper or other media in the multi purpose tray MP tray For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN a When printing envelopes and labels you should only use the multi purpose tray 1 Open the MP tray and lower it gently MP tray support flap 3 When loading paper in the MP tray make sure it touches the back of the tray a Make sure that the paper is straight and in the proper position on the MP tray If it is not the paper may not be fed properly resulting in a skewed printout or a paper jam 2 8 PAPER o4 You can place up to 3 envelopes or up to 50 sheets of 80 g m or 20 Ib paper in the MP tray 4 While pressing the paper guide release lever slide the paper guide to fit the paper size A When you put paper in the MP tray please remember the following m The side to be printed on must be face up E During printing the inside tray rises to feed paper into the MFC m Put the leading edge top of the
118. ase the amount of background shading See Choosing a location on page ix Use a new toner cartridge See Replacing the toner cartridgeon page 22 28 Use a new drum unit See Replacing the drum uni on page 22 34 Make sure you use paper that meets ourspecifications Rough surfaced paper or thick print media may cause this problem Make sure that you choose the appropriate media type in the printer driver See About paper on page 2 1 Try usinga new drum unit See Replacing the drum unit on page 22 34 Make sure that you use paper that meets our specifications Rough surfaced paper may cause the problem See About paper on page 2 1 The drum unitmay be damaged Put ina new drum unit See Replacing the drum unit on page 22 34 Make sure that you use paper that meets our specifications See About paper on page 2 1 Choose Thick paper modein the printer driver or use thinner paper thanyou are currently using Check the printer s environmentbecause conditions such as high humidity can cause hollow print See Choosing a locationon page ix You may Clear the problem by cleaning the primary corona wire inside the drum unit by sliding the blue tab Make sure you return the blue tab to the home position A See Cleaning he drum unit on page 22 27 The drum unit may be damaged Put ina new drum unit See Replacing the drum unit on page 22 34 22 18 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE If the problem is not solv
119. atibility is assured between ITU T Groups Contrast Setting to compensate for dark or light originals by making faxes or copies of dark originals lighter and light originals darker Cover Page Prints a page at the other party s fax machine that contains the sender and recipient s name and fax number number of pages and comment You can generate an electronic cover page at the other end with pre programmed information from memory or you can print a sample cover page to fax with your original Cover Page Message The comment that is on the Cover Page This is a programmable feature Delayed Fax Sends your fax at a later time that day Distinctive Ring A subscriber service purchased from the telephone company that provides another phone number on an existing phone line The Brother MFC uses the new number to simulate a dedicated fax line Drum Unit A printing device for the MFC Dual Access Your MFC can scan outgoing faxes or scheduled jobs into memory at the same time it is sending a fax or receiving or printing an incoming fax Easy Receive Enables your MFC to respond to CNG tones if you interrupt a fax call by answering it ECM Error Correction Mode Detects errors during fax transmission and resends the pages of the fax that had an error G 2 GLOSSARY Extension phone A telephone on the fax number that is plugged into a separate wall jack External phone A TAD telephone answering device or telephone that is plugged in
120. ay to use your external telephone is to pick up the handset and dial the number on the external telephone as you normally would Pick up the handset of the external telephone 2 Dial the number on the external telephone 3 To hang up replace the handset 7 6 AUTO DIALNUMBERS AND DIALING OPTIONS Access codes and credit card numbers Sometimes you may want to choose from several long distance Carriers when you make acall Rates may vary depending on the time and destination To take advantage of low rates you can store the access codes or long distance carriers and credit card numbers as One Touch and Speed Dial numbers You can store these long dialing sequences by dividing them and setting them up on separate keys in any combination You can even include manual dialing using the dial pad The combined number will be dialed in the order that you entered it as soon as you press Start See Storing One Touch Dial numbers on page 7 1 For example you can store 555 on One Touch key 03 and 7000 on One Touch key 02 If you press One Touch key 03 One Touch key 02 and Start you will dial 555 7000 To temporarily change a number you can substitute part of the number with manual dialing using the dial pad For example to change the number to 555 7001 you could press One Touch key 03 and then press 7001 using the dialing pad o4 If you must waitfor another dial tone or signal at any pointin the dialing sequence stor
121. ayed enter the correct data again and then click OK Cancel button The Cancel button clears your changes and exits the MFC Remote Setup application without uploading any data to the MFC Apply button The Apply button uploads the data to the MFC but stays in the Remote Setup application so you can make more changes USING MFC REMOTE SETUP 16 1 Print button The Print button prints the selected items on the MFC You cannot print the MFC Remote Setup changes until you click the Apply button to upload the new data to the MFC Then you can click the Print button to get an up to date printout Export button Click the Export button to save your current settings to a file Import button Click the Import button to read the settings from your saved file into the MFC Remote Setup screen o4 You can use the Export and Import buttons to save and use several sets of settings for your MFC 16 2 USING MFC REMOTE SETUP Using Brother PC FAX software For Windows PC FAX sending The Brother PC FAX feature lets you send a file from your PC You can create a file in any application on your PC and then send it as a PC FAX You can even attach a cover page note All you have to do is set up the receiving parties as Members or Groups in your PC FAX Address Book Then you can use the Address Book Search feature to quickly find them to address your fax E PC FAX is available in Black amp White only E If you are using Windo
122. box if you want to remove columns from multi column documents so that converted text appears in a one column format USING THE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER FOR WNDOWG 96 98 98SE E2000 PROFESSIONAL AND WINDOWSNT WS40 14 13 Scan to Image Microsoft Paint m Scanner Setting Photos High Quality X Modifu Settings m Target Application Application Micros ft Paint Custom Link Settings To access Scan to Image Configurations screen 7 Place the original face up in the ADF The Brother Control Center screen will pop up 2 Right click the graphic application button and click on Configuration Click the Modify Settings button to view the configuration screen of the Control Center To save your settings click OK OR To go back to the factory default settings click the Restore Defaults button Scanner Settings From the pull down list select the scanning mode thatis appropriate for the type of file Faxing Filing and Copying Text for OCR Photos Photos High Quality Photos Quick Scan Custom Draft Copy or Fine Copy To change any of the settings for this mode click Modify Settings Target Application Application From the pull down list select the application you want to add to this Pop Up screen Click the Custom Link Settings button to set up links for your user defined application 14 14 USNGTHE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER FOR WINDOWS 9599 98S EIME 2000 PROFES SONAL AND WNDOW
123. c transmission This is the easiest way to send a fax S You must not pick up the handset of the external phone or press Hook to listen for a dial tone If itis not illuminated in green press Fax Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Enter the fax number using the dial pad One Touch Speed Dial or Search See One Touch Dialingon page 7 5 and Speed Dialing on page 7 6 3 Press Start 4 if you are using the scanner glass press 2 or Start Sending a fax at the end of a conversation At the end of a conversation you can send a fax to the other party before you both hang up Askthe other party to wait for fax tones beeps and then to press Start before hanging up 2 Ifitis not illuminated in green press Fax Place the Original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Press Start The LCD shows Send or Receive 3 Press 1 to send the fax iS heen 4 Replace the extemal handset vV 2 Receive Select AV amp Set SETUP SEND 6 5 Basic sending operations Sending faxes using multiple settings When you send a fax you can choose any combination of these settings cover page contrast resolution overseas mode delayed fax timer polling transmission or real time transmission After each setting is accepted the LCD will ask if you want to enter more settings Press 1 to select more settings The 22 Setup Send LCD will return to the Setup Send Other Setting
124. ccccceecesnecaeceeaseeeneeeeneeaneaeseees 14 3 SCAN key OPE ratlONS ccceceseeeceecesseeseeeesneeseeneenees 14 4 COPY OPE ratiONS cecccccecsececseeeceseceececseaecsecaeaeeaeees 14 4 PC Fax OPeratiOn cceccccecccsecaee esse esseaeaeseeneceesees 14 4 Scanner settings for Scan Copy and Pa OU ONS ooper N EE 14 5 Global settings ccccceceececeseceecesnecaeeesaesesnesennees 14 5 Setting up the scanner configurations 605 14 6 Perform an operation from the Control Center Screen cccceececseeeceeeeeesesseaeenees 14 7 SCO File eee ee ee eee nee ee eee eee en 14 8 To access Scan to File Configurations screen 14 8 Scanner SOMINGS cccsececseeseeecneeeeseseecesneeseeseenees 14 8 Destination fOolder ccccccccseceeseceesesseaeaeseeneseeeees 14 9 S CaM 10 E Mail eera Aeauadsacennestecwece 14 10 To access Scan to E mail Configurations screen 14 10 Scanner SCMINGS ccceececeeecaececseesaecesneceeseeneeeees 14 10 E mail application 2 0 0 cece ceececeeec eee eeeeaeeeeesecereeeees 14 11 SENG 10 ODI ONS es 14 11 Scan to OCR Word Processor cccecseceeeeesesseeeees 14 12 To access Scan to OCR Configurations screen 14 12 Scanner SCMINGS ccceececeeeceececseesaeceeseeeeeseeneeeess 14 12 Word PROCESS OF ste eecdycntead stnnwctad Aauiicctodcanicthdanesieade deine 14 13 Scan to MaE sisir EEEa i 14 14 To access Scan to Image Configurations
125. cceccceeee nenn 5 1 Redial Pause 06 c000 6 8 reducing CODICS aa aN 10 7 long faxes snesena cerns 5 5 Remote Retrieval 8 5 access COE 6 8 4 8 5 changing settings 8 4 commands nsona 8 6 getting your faxes 8 7 REDONS osii Mieke eae 9 1 Transmission Verification 9 1 resolution fax standard Fine superFine PROTO inaen S 3 ONAE penera S 5 SCAN aa 13 6 S 4 setting for next fax 6 7 Ring Delay setting 5 2 Safety Instructions vil 21 6 Scanner Lamp 0 4 10 Scanner LOCK 0008 22 22 Scanning into PC 13 3 ScanSoft PaperPor 13 19 Scansoft TextBridge OCR EAS PAE EET AEAT 13 22 Search for stored numbers 7 5 Setup Date and Time 0 4 1 Station ID fax header 4 2 shipping the machine 22 22 software Brother Control Center 14 1 ScanSoft Paper Port ee Ce er ee 13 19 Speed Dial ceriinninai 1 7 daln G sassa 7 6 SONNO iacr aA 7 1 TAD Telephone Answering Device external PEE 1 16 1 21 5 1 CONNECTING s s s seenen 1 15 Receive Mode 8 5 1 Temporary Copy Settings 10 6 text ente ng ccceeeee 4 3 Special Characters 4 4 To change the default setting of the scan click on the Scan Settings tab ce 15 9 Tone signals on Pulse line 7 8 toner cartridge replacing
126. ceeseeeesseeseeneenees 6 11 Advanced Sending Ope rallONns cceececnecteeeeereeaseeeaeees 6 12 Composing the electronic Cover Pag 600 6 12 Composing your OWN COMMENTS eceeeeeees 6 13 Cover page for the next fax OMlly ccceeeeeeees 6 14 Send a cover page for all faAx S cceseeeeeeees 6 15 Using a printed cover PaAGe cscccecseseeeeseeeeneseeeens 6 15 Broad asliN Ossc E 6 16 Overseas Mode cccseccsceeceeseseececnecansesaeeestesennens 6 18 Delayed FaXcissisnaniani eer ert ete eran 6 19 Delayed Batch TranSMiSSION csccseeeseeesneeeeeees 6 20 Setting up Polled Transmission cccsecseeeeees 6 2 1 Memory SECUNILY cc cccceceecsceecaeseeaeeesneeeurenseeaeseees 6 22 Setting UP the password cccccsececseeeceeeaseeeesens 6 22 Turing Memory Security On cccececceeceeeeeaeees 6 23 Turning Memory Security Off cccceccssecsseesseeeenees 6 23 Auto Dial numbers and dialing Options cccecneeeeeeeeee 7 1 Storing numbers for easy dialing cccceceeeesseeeesenen 7 1 Storing One Touch Dial NUMDbELS cceceee eens ees 7 1 Storing Speed Dial NUMDETS cccceeceeenecneeeeeeeees 7 2 Changing One Touch and Speed Dial numbers 7 3 Setting up Groups for Broadcasting c sceeeeeees 7 4 Dialing O DU ONS sisser a 7 5 Fh hates deer te eames ste gu hat eure se Paci EEE 7 5 One Touch D
127. ceisnsevatatssecnagseusae ochane 21 8 f Troubleshooting and routine maintenance ccsescnee 22 1 Trouble SA OOU ING ascssiusesrccceseevadiantaccinetaneeannddnoxinnsddiesachidounede 22 1 Error MIC SSAC esas ele cnacatwcttranruessuins eatueveteuwmntesnensetens 22 1 ORGINAL Jame essien a 22 4 Original is jammed in the top of the ADF unit 22 4 Original is jammed inside the ADF unit 22 5 Panor I eee ne ee eee ee 22 6 Paper is jammed in the duplex tray For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN ccceccecsseseeseeaeeeeeeaes 22 11 If you are having difficulty with your MFC 22 13 Improving the print QUaIltY ccc cc ee eeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 22 18 Packing and shipping the MFC cccssceesseeeeeeess 22 22 Routine MAINTENANCE 0 ccc ec acces eeee ate eceeecaeeeaenecurenesss 22 25 Cleaning the SCANNEL ccccsececsecesteeaeeeeseeeteeenees 22 25 Cleaning the printer cccccsececsecesseeeeeeessenereeeees 22 26 Cleaning the drum UNit cccecseeecseeseeeesseneeeenees 22 27 Replacing the toner CartridGe cccsccecsceesseeenes 22 28 XXIV How to replace the toner Cartridge ccecreres 22 29 Replacing the drum Unit cccseceeseeesnecessenesseees 22 34 Checking the drum life ccccececsseeeteeeereeseeen 22 37 Pag COUNTER ressesie 22 37 Optional ACCESSOMES 1 0 ececeececeecsneeeeneneneneancnenecneneneenensnas 23 1 M
128. cing to a Brother Authorized Service Center For the location of your nearest Brother Authorized Service Center please call In USA 1 800 284 4357 orln Canada 1 877 BROTHER See Brother numbers on page i 15 Unplug this product from the wall outlet and refer servicing to Authorized Service Personnel under the following conditions E When the power cord is damaged or frayed If liquid has been spilled into the product If the product has been exposed to rain or water If the product does not operate normally when the operating instructions are followed Adjust only those controls that are covered by the operating instructions Improper adjustment of other controls may resultin damage and will often require extensive work by a qualified technician to restore the product to normal operation m Ifthe product has been dropped or the cabinet has been damaged E Ifthe product exhibits a distinct change in performance indicating a need for service 16 To protect your product against power surges we recommend the use of a power protection device Surge Protector 17 To reduce the risk of fi re electric shock and injury to persons note the following E Do not use this product near appliances that use water a swimming pool or in a wet basement E Do not use the MFC s telephone during an electrical storm there is the remote possibility of an electrical shock or to report a gas leak in the vicinity of the leak m Use only the power co
129. components selected Status Copying files COC 3 A Fax icon will then appear in the Printers and Faxes folder If the Fax icon does not appear click Install a local fax printer in the Printer tasks menu gt Printers and Faxes File Edit View Favorites Tools Help P D S A Search E Folders fisi ddress Printers and Faxes v J gt Go Printer Tasks a 3 A TS lt a bevel Add t B Add a printer MFC 8820D Send a Fax 17 20 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 4 Select the Start All Programs Accessories Communications Fax Fax Console ea If you have not configured your fax connection the following screen will be displayed Enter your details ensuring you specify the outside line access number if necessary and click OK Location Information Balore you can make any phone of modem connections Windows needs the followang information about your cutert locaton What countiy regon ae you in now United Kingdom v What area code for city code are you in now 0161 li you need to specily a camer code what is it lf you dal a number to access an outside ine what is it q The phone system at this location uses Ione daing Pulse diding OK Cancel Select the My location radio button if it is not selected and then click OK Phone and Modem Options Dialing Rules Be Noe legit Laat plays the locations you have spectied Select the catio hich yo J are daing Locatio
130. ctive Ring pattem they give you This is so your MFC can recognize its incoming calls o4 You can change or cancel the Distinctive Ring pattern at any time You can switch it off temporarily and turn it back on later When you get a new fax number make sure you reset this feature Before you choose the ring pattern to register You can only register one Distinctive Ring pattem with the MFC Some ring patterns cannot be registered The ring patterns below are supported by your Brother MFC Register the one your tele phone company gives you Ring JU L short short long mm MU L very long normal pattem JU UL o4 If the ring pattem you received is not on this chart please call your telephone company and ask for one that is shown 5 12 SETUP RECEIVE E The MFC will only answer calls to its registered number m The first two rings are silent on the MFC This is because the fax must listen to the ring pattem to compare itto the pattem that was registered Other telephones on the same line will ring E Ifyou program the MFC properly it will recognize the registered ring pattern of the fax number within 2 ring pattems and then answer with a fax tone When the voice number is called the MFC will not answer Registering the Distinctive Ring pattern Very important After you have set the Distinctive Ring feature to ON the receive mode is set to Manual automatically Unless you have a TAD or Vo
131. cuments x fa img EJ My Recent Documents My Computer My Network Places D Adobe Documenti PaperPort Eigene PaperPort Dokumente mes documents PaperPort mijn PaperPort documenten mina PaperPort dokument Mis documentos de PaperPort B My Music my PaperPort Documents B My Pictures File name Files of type A If you selected a text file in Step 1 the Files of type will be Text file csv Setting up a Cover Page From the PC FAX dialog box click H to access the PC Fax Cover page setup screen See Sending a file as a PC FAX using the Facsimile style on page 17 15 The Brother PC FAX Cover Page Setup dialog box will appear V Cover page On To Comment Clear Name Taro Nagoya Department Sales Company Brother International Corp From Name John Doe TELE 308 555 1 212 Form Type 1 Type 2 FAX 308 555 1 212 V Import BMP file Browse E Mail JDoe springboad org File name Cvipage Department U56 Alignment Left Center Company Intemational Spring Board Assi C Right Address 1 23 Rose Hill Driver C Wallpaper Address2 Potsville NJ 08888 V Count cover page Preview Default Cancel USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 13 You can enter information in each field If you are sending a fax to more than one recipient the recipient information will not be printed on the Cover Page To From Comment Type the comment y
132. cutive A5 B5 B6 A The default settings are shown in Bold with x 3 4 ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING O O O E to accept Stop Exit eee one See 8 Main Menu 1 General Adjusts the ring Setup volume Continued 2 Beeper Adjusts the volume 4 level of the beeper 3 Speaker High Adjusts the speaker 4 Med volume Low OLE 5 Auto On Changes for Dayli grt 4 Daylight Off Savings Time auiometically 6 Ec ology 1 Toner Save On Increases the life of 4 off the toner cartridge 2siecp mime Consaves power 410_ 7 Tray Selects the tray that 4 11 Us e Copy will be used fo Copy For MFC 8420 mode this menu doe sn t ap pear If you have the optional tay 2 see page 3 15 8 Tray Selects the tray that 4 Use Fax will be used for Fax This setting only mode ap pears if youhave the optio nal tray 2 see page 3 15 7 LCD 7 Adjusts the contrastof 4 Contrast the LCD MFC 84 20 8 LCD Contrast MFC 88 20D 88 20D N 9 LCD Contrast With optio nal tray 2 A The default settings are shown in Bold with x 8 9 9 9 12 12 ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING 3 5 o gt O 8 to accept Stop Exit 1 Setup Ri Sets the number of Receive rings before the MFC In Fax mode answers in FAX or only FAX TEL moce 2 F T Ring Sets the Time ps euda double ring 30 ime in FAX TEL 20 mode 3 Easy On Receives fax Receive Off messages without
133. d You should clean the MFC when you replace the drum unit See Cleaning the drum uniton page 22 27 Caution When removing the drum unit handle it carefully because it contains toner If toner scatters and your hands or clothes get dirty immediately wipe or wash with cold water a The drum unit is a consumable item and it is necessary to replace it periodically There are many factors that determine the actual drum life such as temperature humidity type of paper and how much toner you use for the number of pages per print job The estimated drum life is up to20 000 pages The actual number of pages your drum will print may be significantly less than these estimates Because we have no control over the many factors that determine the actual drum life we cannot guarantee a minimum number of pages that will be printed by your drum A WARNING Just after you have used the MFC some internal parts of the MFC are extremely HOT So please be careful oo oo oo i A A A dol aA A A do d dddo gt Caa a d o u ZN ie D POLL ee eee 3 2 Ff 22 34 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Follow these steps to replace the drum unit 7 Press the cover release button and then open the front cover 2 Remove the old drum unit and toner cartridge assembly Place iton a drop cloth or disposable paper to avoid scattering toner Caution To preven
134. d White or you can choose PDF or JPEG for color Scan to E mail E mail Server requires SMTP POP3 mail server support See NC 9100h User s Guide on the CD ROM Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Press gt Scan 3 Press or to select Scan to E mail Press Set 4 Press or to select E mail Server Press Set OR If there isn t other selection go to Step 5 5 Press lt or to select Change Quality Press Set 6 Press lt or to select Color 150 dpi Color 300 dpi Color 600 dpi B W 200 dpiorB W 200x100 dpi Press Set If you selectB W 200 dpiorB W 200x100 dpi in Step 6 go to Step 8 OR If youselectColor 150 dpi Color 300 dpiorColor 600 dpi in Step 6 go to Step 7 Press or to select PDF or JPEG Press Set 8 TheLCD prompts you to enter an address Enter the destination E mail address fromthe dial pad or use the One Touch key or Speed Dial key Press Start The MFC will start the scanning process NETWORK SCANNING WINDOWS 98 98SE M E 2000 PROFESSIONAL AND XP ONLY 19 5 Scan to Image When you select Scan to Image your original will be scanned and sent directly to the PC you designated on your network The Brother SmartUI will activate the default graphics application on the designated PC You can change the Scan configuration For Windows 98 Me 2000 See Scan to Image on page 14 14 For Windows XP See Hardwa
135. ddress and MFC address for the address book member To send to this contact it is necessary to specify which is the preferred method of sending a document to this contact by checking the Fax E mail or MFC E mail Address box next to the contact Click the OK button to save the member s information If you wish to senda document to this contact by more than one method you must create a second contact and select a different option Fax E Mail or MFC Address BROTHER NETWORK PC FAX SOFTWARE 20 3 Installing Network PC FAX Insert the CD ROM supplied with your Brother MFC the installer screen will automatically start From the installer screen select your model and language if these options are present then select Network Applications for optional NC 9100h Print Fax Server then select Brother PC FAX and follow the screen prompts When prompted reboot your PC Windows 95 98 98SE and Me users Itis now necessary to install the Brother Network Print Software from the CD ROM so you need to reinsert the CD ROM Select Network Applications for optional NC 9100h Print Fax Server then select Network Print Software Follow the screen prompts you will prompted for the IP address of the NC 9100h If in any doubt contact your Network Administrator To check select Start Settings and Printers Highlight the Brother PC FAX driver from the list and right click the mouse button and select Properties then select the Ports tab Br
136. de 01234 Wrinkles or creases Make sure that paper is loaded properly Check the paper type and quality Gee Aboutpaperon page 2 1 Try printing using the straight through output path See How to load paper on page 2 5 Tum over the stack of paper in the tray or try rotatingthe paper 180 in the input tray The drum unit is a consumable item and it is necessary to replace it periodically TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 21 Packing and shipping the MFC Whenever you transport the MFC use the packing materials that came with your machine If you do not pack the MFC correctly you may void your warranty Turn the MFC power switch off 2 Unplug the MFC from the telephone wall jack 3 Unplug the MFC from the AC outlet Lock the Scanner Lock 4 Push the Scanner Lock Lever down to lock the scanner This leveris located on the left of the scanner glass Scanner Lock Lever Caution Damage caused to your MFC by failure to lock the scanner before moving and shipping may void your warranty 5 Open the front cover 22 22 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 6 Remove the drum unit and toner cartndge assembly Leave the toner cartridge installed in the drum unit IRI NNN lt gt LOY ye KES QY295 Co A H OSS Z O 7 Place the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly into the plastic bag and seal the bag Close the front cover Fold down the face down output
137. defghijk ABCD abcde 01234 Curl or wave 22 20 Recommend ation The drum unit may be damaged Put ina new drum unit See Replacing the drum unit on page 22 34 Make sure that you use paper that meets our specifications See About paper onpage 2 1 If you use label sheets for laser printers the glue fromthe sheets may sometimes stick to the OPC drum surface Clean the drum unit See Cleaning the drum unit on page 22 27 Do not use paper that has clips or staples because they will scratch the surface ofthe drum Ifthe unpacked drum unitis in direct sunlight or room light the unit may be damaged Make sure that you use paper that meets our specifications A rough surfaced paper or tick print mediacan cause the problem Make sure that you select the appropriate media typein the printer driver The problem may dsappear by itself Try printing multiple pages toclear this problem especially if the printer has not been usedfor alongtime The drum unit may be damaged Put ina new drum unit See Replacing the drum unit on page 22 34 Clean the inside of the printer and the primary corona wire in the drum unit See Cleaning the drum unit on page 22 27 The drum unit may be damaged Put ina new drum unit See Replacing the drum unit on page 22 34 Clean the primary corona wire of the drum unit Make sure the primary corona wire cleaner is at the home position A The drum unit may be damaged Install anewdrum unit S
138. e Reduce Contrast 9 ee e O e Quality Tray Select PQRS 7 OQO 3 9 9 QQ p DEF e D Stop Exit JKL 6 0O x lt N TUV gor Press to scroll forward or backward to a menu selection When using the speaker or ring you can press these keys to adjust the volume in fax mode D or GD Press to scroll through the menus and options Also you can use these keys to do a numerial search for the names of stored numbers in fax mode Copy keys Temporary settings Enlarge Reduce Lets you reduce or enlarge copies depending upon the ratio you select Contrast Lets you make acopy that is lighter or darker than the original Quality Lets you select the copy quality for your type of original Tray Select Youcanselect whichtray you would like to use for the next copy Sort Lets you sort multiple copies using the ADF N in 1 For MFC 8420 N in 1 lets you copy 2 or 4 pages onto one page Duplex N in 1 ForMFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN You can choose Duplex to copy on both sides of the paper or N in 1 to copy 2 or 4 pages onto one page Dial Pad Use these keys to dial telephone and fax numbers and as a keyboard for entering information into the MFC The key lets you temporarily switch the dialing mode during a telephone call from Pulse to Tone Stop Exii Stop Exit Stops a fax copy and scan opera
139. e two screws Put the side cover back on Reconnect the telephone line cord Reconnect any additional interface cables that you removed Reconnect the power cable and then turn on the MFC power switch SOHN O A To check that you have installed the DIMM correctly print the printer settings by using the selection in the driver and check the printout to make sure it shows the additional memory M You can check the current memory size in the user setting list See the NC 9100h Network Users Guide on the CD ROM OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 23 3 A WARNING If the Status LED turns Red fora Service Error please call Brother Customer Service at 1 800 284 4329 in USA 1 877 BROTHER in Canada or 514 685 6464 in Montreal Network LAN board When you add the optional Network LAN Board NC 9100h you can connect your MFC into the network to use the Intemet FAX Network Scanner Network Printer and Network Management operations A WARNING DO NOT touch the surface of the main board within 15 minutes after turning off the power For more details about how to configure the Network board please see the NC 9100h Network User s Guide on the CD ROM supplied with the MFC Print Fax Server 23 4 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Before starting installation Be careful when handling the NC 9100h There are many delicate electronic components that are susceptible to damage from static electricity To avoid such damage use the foll
140. e Text Box and then select the Font Size Darkness and Style Watermark Bitmap Enter the file name and location of your bitmap image in the File box or Browse for the file location You can also set the scaling size of the image PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS 12 9 E Position This setting offers you the control for where the Watermark is to be positioned on the page Page Setting You can change the print size of your document with the Scaling feature Printing Preferences E Check Off if you want to print the document as it appears on your screen m Check Fitto Paper Size if your document has an unusual size or if you have only the standard size paper mM Check the Free box if you want to manually reduce or enlarge the output mM You can also use the Mirror Print or Reverse Print feature for your page seiting 12 10 PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS Device Options Lets you set the following Printer Functions Printing Preferences sic Advanced Support Printer Function Quick Print Setup Print Date amp Time Secure Print Secure documents are documents that are password protected when they are sent to the MFC Only the people who know the password will be able to print them Since the documents are secured at the MFC you must use the control panel of the MFC with the password to print them To send a secured document Select Secure Print from Printer Funct
141. e a pause there in the number by pressing Redial Pause Each key press adds a 3 5 second delay AUTO DIAL NUMBERS AND DIALING OPTIONS 7 7 Pause Press Redial Pause to insert a 3 5 second pause between numbers If you are dialing overseas you can press Redial Pause as many times as needed to increase the length of the pause Tone or Pulse Canada only If you have a Pulse dialing service but need to send Tone signals for example for telephone banking follow the instructions below If you have Touch Tone service you will not need this feature to send tone signals 7 Lift the handset of an external phone 2 Press on the control panel of your MFC Any digits dialed after this will send tone signals 3 When you hang up the MFC will return to the Pulse dialing service 7 8 AUTO DIALNUMBERS AND DIALING OPTIONS f Remote Fax Options Fax Forwarding Paging You cannot use Paging and Fax Forwarding at the same time After you have selected the Paging or Fax Forwarding feature Fax Storage is set to On automatically Programming a Fax Forwarding number When Fax Forwarding is setto On your MFC stores the received fax inthe memory Then it dials the fax number you ve programmed and forwards the fax message Press Menu 2 5 1 25 Remote Fax Opt 2 Press or to select Fax 1 Fax Fwd Paging i p A Off Orward Vv Fax Forward Press Set Select AV amp Set The LCD will ask you to enter the fax number to which
142. e image to screen resolution 96dpi show a warning if the item has annotations update the original item if sent item is modified if needed 15 24 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER Copy The copy buttons can be customized to allow you to take advantage of the features built into the Brother printer drivers to do advanced copy functions such as n in 1 printing The Copy buttons are automatically linked to the default Windows printer driver You can set any printer as the default printer including non Brother printers Before you can use the Copy buttons you must first configure the printer driver by right clicking on a Copy button and selecting Configuration Copy one to one Scan Settings Color Mode Resolution hoo o Paper Size Letter 9 5 x11 in x Brightness Lighten Contrast 1 i 0 100 Restore Defaults Copy options Cancel In the Scan Settings window you can select the color mode resolution paper size brightness and contrast settings to be used To finish the Copy button configuration you must set the printer driver Click the Copy options button to display the printer driver settings A The copy options screen will vary depending upon which Brother model you purchased USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 25 Brother MFC 8820D Printer Properties Basic Advanced Support Letter Paper Size A
143. e release lever slide the adjusters to fit the paper size Check that the guides are firmly in the slots o4 For Legal size paper press the universal guide release button and pull out the back of the paper tray Universal Guide Release Button PAPER 2 5 3 Fan the stack of paper well to avoid paper jams and misfeeds 4 Put paper in the paper tray Check that the paper is flat in the tray below the maximum paper mark and that the paper guide is flush against the paper stack Up to here 5 Putthe paper tray firmly back inthe MFC and unfold the support flap before you use the MFC Support Flap with Extension o4 When you put paper in the paper tray please remember the following m The side to be printed on must be face down E Put the leading edge top of the paper in first and push it gently into the tray mM To copy orreceive faxes on Legal size paper unfold the Support flap extension too 2 6 PAPER To load paper or other media in the manual feed tray For MFC 8420 o4 When printing envelopes and labels you should only use the manual feed tray 1 Open the manual feed tray Slide the paper guides to fit the paper size 2 Using both hands put paper in the manual feed tray until the front edge of the paper touches the paper feed roller Hold the paper in this position until the MFC automatically feeds the paper in for a short distance and then let go of the paper A When you put p
144. e stack when you add new paper This helps prevent multiple sheets of paper from feeding through the MFC at One time and reduces paper jams 22 6 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Pullthe paper tray completely out of the MFC 2 Pullthe jammed paper up and out of the MFC CA J o SFe e 3 Press the cover release button and then open the front cover 4 Pullout the drum unit assembly Pull the jammed paper up and out of the MFC If you cannot remove the drum unit assembly easily at this time do not use extra force Instead pull the edge of the jammed paper from the paper tray TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 7 A WARNING To prevent damage to the MFC caused by static electricity do not touch the electrodes shown in the following diagram 5 Open the back output tray Pull the jammed paper out of the fuser unit If the paper jam can be cleared go to Step 7 a If you have to pull the paper toward the back of the MFC the fuser may get dirty with toner powder and it may scatter on the next printouts Print a few copies of the test page until the scattering of toner stops 22 8 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE A WARNING After you have just used the MFC some internal parts of the MFC are extremely HOT Wait for the MFC to cool down before you touch the internal parts
145. e that your MFC is powered on and is On Line ard in Ready mode Press the Testswitch Thenthe current settings of the NC 9100h are printed Verify thatthe cabling and Network connections are good If possible try connecting the MFC to adifferent port on your hub using a different cable Check to see f thereis any LED activity The NC 9100h has a twocolor LED for diagnosing problems TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 17 Improving the print quality This section provides information on the following topics Examples of poor print quality ABCDEFGH abcdefghijk ABCD abcde 01234 Gray background Hollow print Da All black Recommend ation Check the printers environment Conditions such as humidity high temperatures andso on may cause this print fault See Choosing a location on page ix If the whole page is too light Toner Save mode may be on Tum off Toner Save mode in the printer Properties tab of the driver OR If your MFC is not connected to a computer turnoff Toner Save mode in the MFC itself See Toner Save on page 4 9 Try installing a new toner cartridge See Replacing the toner cartridge on page 22 28 Try installing a new drum unit See Replacing the drum unit on page 22 34 Make sure that you use paper that meets the recommerded specifications See About paper on page 21 Check the printer s environment high temperatures and high humidity can incre
146. e the paper guides to fit the envelope size If envelopes are creased after they have been printed At the back of the MFC open the back output tray and push down the blue tabs at the left and right hand sides as shown in the figure on the next page When you have finished printing your envelopes close the back output tray to reset the two blue tabs back to their original position USING THE MFC AS A PRINTER 11 11 4 Using both hands put the envelope in the manual feed tray until the front edge of the envelope touches the paper feed roller Hold the envelope in this position until the MFC automatically feeds it in fora short distance and then let go of the envelope A mM Make sure the envelope is straight as you insert it in the manual feed tray If it is not the envelope may not be fed propery resulting in a skewed printout ora jam E Do not put more than one envelope in the manual feed tray at any one time or it may cause a jam E Put the envelope in the manual feed tray making sure that the side to be printed on is face up in the tray 11 12 USING THE MFC ASA PRINTER 5 Afterthe printed envelope comes out of the MFC the MFC will wait until you put in the next envelope Repeat Step 4 for each envelope you want to print 6 Send the print data to the MFC After you finish the print job close the back output tray For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN 2 Open the back output tray and then unfold the face up o
147. e with the scanner glass Quality type of original You can select the Quality for your type of original The default setting is Auto which is used for originals that contain both text and photographs Textis used for originals containing only text Photo is used for copying photographs 1 2 3 4 Q Press j Copy to illuminate it in green Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want up to 99 Press Quality Press or i to choose the type of orginal Auto Text or Photo Press Set Press Start OR Press other Temporary Copy keys for more settings 10 8 MAKING COPIES Sorting copies using the ADF If you want to sort multiple copies use the ADF Pages will be printed in the order 123 123 123 and so on 7 Press 25 Copy to illuminate it in green Place the original face up in the ADF Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want up to 99 3 Press Sort 4 Press Start OR Press other Temporary Copy keys for more settings Contrast You can adjust copy contrast to make copies darker or lighter Press 25 Copy to illuminate it in green Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want up to 99 3 Press Contrast 4 Press to make a copy lighter OR Press to make a copy darker Press
148. eature on a single phone line with your MFC it may create a problem sending or receiving fax data For Example Your Brother MFC handles the Caller ID subscriber services However if yousubscribe to Call Waiting or some other custom service andits signal comes through the line while your MFC is sending or receiving a fax the signal can temporarily interrupt or disrupt the faxdata Brothers ECM feature should help overcome this problem This condition is related to the tdephone systemindustry and is common b all devices thatsend and receive information on a single shared line with custom features If avoiding aslight interruption is crucial to your business a separate line with no custom features is recommended Menu Setting Difficulties The MFC beeps whenyou try Make surethat MFC is in Fax mode If the Fax key is not to access the Setup Receive illuminated press it totum on Fax mode Setup Receive setiing Menu and Setup Send menus 2 1 and Setup Send setting Menu 2 2 are available only when the MFC is in Fax mock Copy Quality Difficulties Vertical steaks appear in Sometimes you may see vertical streaks on your copies Either the copies scanner or the primary corona wire for printing is dirty Clean them both See Cleaning the scamer on page 22 25 and Cleaning the drum unit on page 22 27 22 14 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE DIFFICULT Y SUGGESTIONS Printer Difficulties The MFC does not print TheM
149. eceiving sccceccecsecesreeaeeeeaes 17 18 Setting UP your PC ccceeceseeeseecesseeseenecneeaseaeses 17 18 Viewing new PC FAX MeSSQQ6S ceceeceeeeeeeeees 17 19 Receiving a fax into the PC Windows XP OMNIY ccccceeceececaececseeeereeaeeeeaseneeeeees 17 20 How to receive a fax automatically cceceeees 17 20 How to view the received faxeS cccecececeee ease 17 25 Using your MFC with a Macintosh cccsceeceeeeeeeeenees 18 1 Setting up your USB equipped Apple Macintosh 18 1 Using the Brother printer driver with your Apple Macintosh Mac OS 86 O2 r eavatonesteaniecmtsaneconeotemess 18 2 Using the Brother Printer Driver with Your Apple Macintosh Mac OG X Jeres 18 5 xxii Choosing page Setup options ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 18 5 Specific settings ccccecsecaeceeseecaeceeseeeeeseesseaeenesaees 18 6 Using the PS driver with your Apple Macintosh 18 8 For Mac OS 8 6 to 9 2 users ccccceccecseeseeeeeaeee sees 18 8 For Mac OS X users ccecceccecaececseceeteeaeceeaeeeeanenes 18 12 Sending a fax from your Macintosh application 18 15 For Mac OS 8 6 9 2 USES cc ccccccceecessecaeeeeaeeeeaneaes 18 15 For Mac OS X users ccecceccecsececsecestecaeseeaeeeeaneaes 18 17 Drag a vCard from the Mac OS X Address Book AD Dil CALION ssns 18 19 Using the Brother TWAIN scanner driver with your MACINTOSH ssieccnioenw
150. ection are from Mac OS 9 The screen on your Macintosh may vary depending on your Operating System a The method of selecting the source or choosing to scan may vary depending on the application software you are using Brother MFLPro Scanner Image 21 3 Scanning Area Resolution 200x 200 dpi aaa ra Color Type Black amp White Scanning Area Letter 8 5x 11 in Width 8 5 Unit mm inch Adjust O e O Custom ColorSync Intent Scanner Profile C mco sj O Use Photo Paper 35 OS 8 6 9 2 USING YOUR MFC WITH AMACINTOSH 18 21 Scanning an image into your Macintosh You can scan a whole page OR scan a portion after prescanning the document Scanning a whole page Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Adjust the following settings if needed in the Scanner Setup dialog box Res olution Color Type Scanning Area Brightness Contrast 3 Click Start When scanning has finished the image will appear in your graphics application 18 22 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH PreScanning an image Pre Scanning allows you to scan an image quickly ata low resolution A thumbnail version will ap pear inthe Scanning Area This is only a preview of the image so you can see how iit will look The PreScan button will allow you to crop unwanted areas from the images When you are satisfied with the p
151. ed USB hub E Some descriptions in this chapter are based on the MFC 8820D These descriptions also apply to the MFC 8420 and MFC 8820DN The features supported by the MFC will depend on the operating system you are using The chart below shows which features are Supported 10 1 10 2 1 oe Poo OOO 1 For Mac OS X 10 2 users please upgrade to Mac OS X 10 2 1 or greater For the latest information for Mac OS X please visit at http so lutions brother com USING YOUR MFC WITH AMACINTOSH 18 1 Using the Brother printer driver with your Apple Macintosh Mac OS 8 6 9 2 To select a Printer 1 Open the Chooser from the Apple menu Chooser Background Printing On Off Active AppleTalk d Inactive 7 6 2 2 Click the Brother Laser icon On the right side of the Chooser window click the printer you want to print to Close the Chooser 18 2 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH To printa document Fromthe application software such as Presto PageManager click File menu and select Page Setup You can change the settings for Paper Size Orientation and Scaling and then click OK brother MFc00K it Paper Size Letter i A4 d Legal d Executive Ocom 10 OBS Orientation tA Scaling a 2 From application software such as Presto PageManager click File menu and select Print Click Print to start printing brother MFC 2000 gt a output Cancer Pages All
152. ed after printing afew pages the drum unit may have gue from label stock on the OPC drum surface Clean thedrum unitas follows 1 Position the print sample infront of the drum unit and find the exact White Spots on black text position of the poor print and graphics at 94 mm 3 7 in intervals 94 mm 3 7 in 94 mm 3 7 in Black Spots at 94 mm 3 7 in intervals 2 Turn the drum unit gear by hand while looking atthe surface of the OPC drum Do nottouch the photosensitive drum with your fingers Photosensitive drum 3 When you have located the mark on the drum that matches the print sample wipe the surface of the OPC drum with a cotton swab until the dust or paper powder onthe surface comes off Do nottry to clean the surface of the photosensitive drum with a sharp odject such as a ball point pen andso on The drum unit may be damaged Putinanew drum unit See Replacing the drum unit on page 22 34 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 19 Examples of poor print quality ABCDEFGH abcdefghijk ABCD abcde 0123 R Black toner marks across the page DS abcdefghijk abcde 04234 White lines across the page WW EABEDEFGH Eabedefghijk ABC D abcde 04234 Lines across the page Black lines down the page Printed pages have toner stains down the page DS ABCDEFGH abc defghijk AN 104 B abcde 01234 White lines down the page Page skewed ABCDEFGH abc
153. edan dcsseancd caw uageoneuidaneeeeasa dances 18 21 ACCESSING the scanner ceccececceececteceeeeeeeeaeeeeas 18 21 Scanning an image into your Macintosh 18 22 Scanning a whole PAGE c ccccecseesecseceereeeaeeess 18 22 PreScanning an image cccceececsecesseeaeeeeaeeeesneass 18 23 Settings in the Scanner WINdOW 0seeeee 18 24 LETE EEA E E A E A EEE T E 18 24 Scanning Al CQ sat ccncescaucdstgasecssteetecsuntednacentessidees 18 26 Business Card SIZC cccccceccecsecsseceesecaeeaesneeas 18 26 Adjusting the IMAQE cececceeecsecesnecaeeeeeeeeen eas 18 27 Using Presto PageManager ccccssseceeeeseeeeteen 18 28 PAC IMOMIS sccescaconis EE RENEE 18 28 SYSTEM requirements ccececsee cece eeaeeeeeseeaeeeeeeeees 18 29 Technical SUPPOSt 0 ccccceecesseecsececseceeeeeeeeeeneeas 18 29 MFC Remote Setup Mac OS X ccecsececseeereeeenen 18 30 Network Scanning Windows 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional and AP ONIY cee nee eh ee ee 19 1 Registering your PC with the MFC ccseeeee 19 1 Using the Scan KCY cccceceececseceeseeseeaeceeeursesansesnseses 19 4 Scan to E Mail PC ccc cc cceccsseecseceeecaeseeaeeeanes 19 4 Scan to E mail E mail S rver cccccecsesee esse eees 19 5 Scanio IMAJ erika RE EENE NE 19 6 Scan O OQR sni E 19 7 CLOT O eera E close vemeculnes 19 8 Brother Network PC FAX software cc cccscecteeeseeeee
154. ee Replacing the drum unit on page 22 34 The toner cartridge may be damaged Put in anewtoner cartridge See Replacing the toner cartridgeon page 22 28 Make sure that a tom piece of paper is not inside the printer covering the scanner window The fixing unit may be smudged Call Customer Service You may clear the problem by wiping the scanner window witha soft cloth See Cleaning the printeron page 22 26 The toner cartridge may be damaged Put in anewtoner cartridge See Replacing the toner cartridge on page 22 28 Make sure the paper or otherprint mediais loaded properly in the paper tray and thatthe guides are not too tight or too loose against the paper stack Set the paper guides correctly If you are using the manual feed tray or the multi purpose tray See How to load paper on page 2 5 The paper tray may be too full Check the paper type and quality See About paper on page 2 1 Check the paper type and quality High temperatures and high humidity will cause paper to curl If you don t use the printer very often the paper may have been in the paper tray too long Turn over the stack of paper inthe paper tray Also try fanning the paper stack and then rotating the paper 180 inthe paper tray Try printing usingthe straight through output path See How to load paper onpage 2 5 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Examples of poor print Recommendation quality ABCDEFGH abcdefghijk ABCD abc
155. eececsecaecesaeeeeseeeenes 17 4 Include NEAL ccc cece ccecececeeecaeeeensecnceeesesurenentess 17 4 Address Book fil ccccccccssecaeeeceeeesseaeassesteseesees 17 4 User interface o oo ececceceeceeeeeceecaesecaeseceeaeaneaeneseeeees 17 5 Simple style sniccowitantsccnincratradioewndemeindemaratdaiees 17 5 Facsimile style nnanae nne eee ecseeesseestececnenneesenees 17 5 Speed Dial setup 0 0 cccecccseeceeeeceeeceececseceeseeaeseseeeenees 17 6 The Address Book c0cccccecececuneeeeescaneneesecurenannens 17 7 Setting up a Member in the Address Book 17 8 Setting up a Group for Broadcasting 00e 17 9 Editing Member information cccccssecesseeaeeeeas 17 10 Deleting a Member Or Group cccccecsececseeaeeeeees 17 10 Exporting the Address Book ccccccseeesseeeneeeens 17 10 Importing to the Address Book cccecseeeeseeeees 17 12 Setting up a Cover Page cc ccsecsesseeseeneeneeaseaeees 17 13 You can enter information in each field 17 14 Sending a file as a PC FAX using the Facsimile style cece ecseeeeseseceeeeseeeeneeetnesaesenaes 17 15 Be Ss tepscneicieteroa doe cisd ero A E E E E 17 16 Sending a file as a PC FAX using the Simple style 17 16 Setting up PC FAX receiving Windows 95 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional and Windows NT WS 4 0 OmMly cccseecesseeseeaeeneeaeeaeees 17 18 Running PC FAX R
156. eeeanes 20 1 Enable Network PC FAX cccscceseeeeeseeeeeeeenenaees 20 1 Sending Setup cccecececceecaececseesuecesseesraesaseaeees 20 1 Extra options in Address Book 2 ccsccecereeeees 20 3 Installing Network PC FAX ccccessecsseeeseeeeseeeeees 20 4 Windows 95 98 98SE and Me users 65 20 4 QUICK WS A E E E E 20 5 Sending a Network PC FAX from your Macintosh AD DI GAWUON ses aueoactaeaceete 20 6 For Mac OS 8 6 9 2 USES cec cesses eececeeeesneeeenees 20 6 For Mac OS X USCYS cc cccecccceeaeceecaecesaesesseeeenees 20 6 i Important information sssussanuensnnnnonnnunnnnnnnnennnn mnnn nnnnn menne 21 1 Standard telephone and FCC Notices These notices are in effect on models sold and used only in the United States 0 ccccecseceeseeseeeeeeees 21 1 Federal Communications Commission FCC Declaration of Conformity USA OMLy cc ceececseesecesseeeeeees 21 3 Mpo ntan eea 21 4 Important about the interface cable 21 4 Industry Canada Compliance Statement Canada ONLY cccccsecceececeececseceesecaeseeaeeeneeeenees 21 4 International ENERGY STAR Compliance Statene ee ae een nen ne eee eee 21 4 Lasar salely scvcssiaiundinnuceat re 21 4 FDA TOG AW ON GS eaaectetacaeechatanscocnamciennetenesdeteecnessinnds 21 5 Important Safety instructions ccceceeeeeseeeeceeneseeaeees 21 6 DPIC GLICK Sicceett ec esececgestecsecauesnadca
157. een scanned select 2 and press Set or press 2 Make a double sided copy from a double sided original Not available for multiple copies N OUA Q N w gt k Press Copy to illuminate it in green Place the original face up in the ADF Press Duplex N in 1 and or to select Duplex 1 in 1 Press Set Press gt or to select Portrait2 or Landscapel Press Set Press or to select Double Sided for the original Press Set Make sure that you have put the onginal in the ADF as shown onthe LCD and press Start After all the pages of the original have been scanned on one side turn the other side of the original face up in the ADF Press Start 10 14 MAKING COPIES Duplex 2 in 1 and Duplex 4 in 1 For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN 1 2 Press Copy to illuminate it in green Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want up to 99 Press Duplex N in 1 and lt or to select Duplex 2 in 1 or Duplex 4 in 1 Press Set Press or to select Portrait1 Portrait2 Landscapel OrLandscape2 Press Set Press Start to scan the original If you placed the original in the ADF the MFC starts printing OR If you placed the original on the scanner glass go to Step 6 Place the next original on the scanner glass Select 1 and press Set or press 1 to copy next page After all the pages of the orig
158. egin printing in 24 hour format Press Set For example enter 19 45 for 7 45 PM 4 Press Stop Exit A If you select 6 12 24 hours 2 or 7 days the MFC will print the report at the selected time and then erase all jobs from its memory If the MFC s memory becomes full with 200 jobs before the time you selected has passed the MFC will print the Activity Report early and then erase alljobs from memory If you want an extra report before it is due to print you can print it without erasing the jobs from memory A If you select Every 50 Faxes the MFC will print the Activity Report when the MFC has stored 50 jobs 9 2 PRINTING REPORTS Printing reports Five reports are available 1 Help List Prints the Help List so you can see at a glance how to quickly program your MFC 2 Auto Dial Lists names and numbers stored in the One Touch and Speed Dial memory in numerical order 3 Fax Activity Lists information about the last incoming and outgoing faxes TX means Transmit RX means Receive 4 Transmission Prints a Transmission Verification Report for your last transmission 5 User Settings Lists your settings To print a report Press Menu 5 2 Press or to select the report you want Press Set OR Enter the number of the report you want to print For example press 1 to print the Help List 3 Press Start PRINTING REPORTS 9 3 Making copies Using the MFC as a copier You can u
159. eive Fax Te1 fax and tdephone with an external or extension telephone External TAD with an external answering machine Manual manual receive with an external or extension telephone or with Distinctive Ring The MFC autonatically answers every callas a fax The MFC controls the line and automatically answers every call If the callis a fax it will receive the fax If the calis nota fax it will ring pseudo double ring for you to pick up the call The external answering machine T AD automatically answers every call Voice messages are stored on the extemal TAD Fax messages are printed You control the phone line and must answer every call yourself For dedicated fax lines Use this mode if you expect to receive lots of fax messages and few telephone calls You cannot have an answering machine onthe same line even if it is ona separate wall jack phone socket on the same line You cannot use the telephone company s Voice Mailin this mode Use this mode if you have an external answering machine on your phone line The TAD setting works only with an external answering machine Ring Delay and F T Ring Time do not work in this setting Use this mode when you areusing a computer modem on the same line or if you don t receive many fax messages or with Distinctive Ring If youhear fax tones wait until the MFC takes over the call then hang up See Easy Receive on page 5 4 n Fa
160. eks 22 4 automatic fax receive ooann nnennnenenn 5 1 fax redial cccccseeeeees 6 8 transmission cseeeeeeees 6 5 Broadcasting c secceeeees 6 16 setting up Groups for 7 4 Brother accessories and supplies ii Brother numbers 066 i Customer Service 06 fax back system cccee ii Frequently Asked Questions FAGS cesecc clei cabs chee tases product Support 06 test sheet sending 1 2 Warranties 000 iii IV VI Brother Control Center using and configuring 14 1 Caller ID ee 5 14 5 15 canceling fax forwarding 0000 8 6 fax jobs in memory 6 11 jobs awaiting redial 6 11 paging sirae 8 6 cleaning routine maintenance GOFUNT UNIT erasana 22 27 printer sccccsucscctaccuncenueeeese 22 26 SCAMNED saia 22 25 CNG TONES sctsiinctscineaccinne 1 14 Combine items into a single file attachment 0ccee 14 11 connecting extemal TAD 00 1 16 extemal telephone 1 15 control panel overview 1 7 copy CONTASE aiiis 10 16 default settings changing P PE EREE ET 10 16 Duple xN in 1 10 11 Enlarge Reduce 10 7 enter Copy mode 10 1 KO S onio aa 10 6 MUNDE ei ssaisnien cel edecsehs 10 4 PaE aie 2 1 Quality type of original 10 8 scanner glass 000 10 4 SINGIC sirince 10 3
161. emory OO GIN CF cease casiteaewesacceuancnstde aRt 23 1 Installing the optional memory DOAIC cceceee sees 23 2 Network LAN board ccc ccccececsecee eee eeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeesees 23 4 Before starting installation c cccsecsseeesseeessenaees 23 5 Step 1 Hardware installation ccccssseseeecseeaees 23 5 Step 2 Connecting the NC 9100h to an Unshielded Twisted Pair 1OBASE T or 100BASE TX Ethernet NEO oressass ctx srctanctnn Goce de catccn s on seanoameune eeecatenane 23 8 E E E A EA eee EEA E 23 8 TESTOWI A e a paces 23 9 Paper V E Zerina ESEE 23 9 GOSS IN aE E E A G 1 Specifications snsnuennaennnnennoennnnnnnnnnnn unn nnnn enera nunen nnen n menneen S 1 Product description savsiscisecs siediceavciecenesceietameewiceme enema ee S 1 Gi OP ail esses ace eetene cnt E S 1 Pm IS OGL erines NE S 2 OY a E A E N R S 2 FN EE NEE EAO ga S A E A E A E S 3 CaNT esae a E EEA S 4 PO r E E acme anaes S 5 RELE CS e E E A E A E E E S 5 Computer requirements c ccseceeceeeceeeseesesseneeseneenesaeeees S 6 Consumable ItEMS 2 0 ccc ese e cee eeeeceaneeeeeeaeeeeaneeeaneneanenteeens S 7 Network LAN board NC 91 OOH cece ee ae ec eeee eee ees S 8 OON eine E E E aE l1 Remote Retrieval Access card ou cscssesceeeecneesneneensaeseenseass R 1 XXV f Introduction Using this Guide Thank you for buying a Brother Multi Function Center MFC Your MFC 8420 MFC 8820D or MFC 8820DN
162. ents My P Browse 15 32 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER OCR Select the destination word processing application program from the pull down list Custom button Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Application Microsoft WordPad X Link Preferences Format Folder Clickon Link Preferences and select the destination Application from the scroll menu on the left Select the File Type from the File Type pull down list You can also choose another OCR application from the OCR pull down list if another is installed on you system Scansoft TextBridge is installed as part of the PaperPort 8 0 application Send To Options Microsoft WordPad Program Links Send Image ltem s File type Windows write wri v Convert Image to Text with OCR PaperPort OCR z Settings I Include icon on Send To bar Cancel Help USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 33 E mail Select the destination E mail application program from the pull down list Custom button Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Application Qutlook Express x Link Preferences Format Folder Click on the Link Preferences button to configure the Send To E mail options You can select the File type and Quick Send E mail address list Send To Options Outlook Express Program Links tems are e mailed as file attachments Convert attachment
163. ephone company s Distinctive Ring service allows you to have more than one number on the same phone line If you need more than one phone number itis cheaper than paying for an extra line Each phone number has its own distinctive ring pattern so you will know which phone number is ringing This is one way you can have a separate phone number for your MFC a Please call your telephone company for availability and rates What does Brother s Distinctive Ring do The Brother MFC has a Distinctive Ring feature that allows you to use your MFC to take full advantage of the telephone company s Distinctive Ring service The new phone number on your line can just receive faxes o4 You must pay for your telephone company s Distinctive Ring service before you program the MFC to work with it SETUP RECEIVE 5 11 Do you have Voice Mail If you have Voice Mail on the phone line that you willinstall your new MFC on there is a strong possibility that Voice Mail and the MFC will conflict with each other while receiving incoming calls However the Distinctive Ring feature allows you to use more than one number on your line so both Voice Mail and the MFC can work together without any problems If each one has a separate phone number neither will interfere with the others operations If you decide to get the Distinctive Ring service from the telephone company you will need to follow the directions below to register the new Distin
164. ephone interface The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all the devices does not exceed five orother Brother International Corporation 100 Somerset Corporate Boulevard P O Box 6911 Bridgewater NJ 08807 0911 USA Brother International Corporation Canada Ltd 1 rue H tel de Ville Dollard des Ormeaux QC CANADA H9B 3H6 Visit us on the World Wide Web http www brother com These machines are made for use in the USA and CANADA only We cannot recommend using them overseas because it may violate the Telecommunications Regulations of that country and the power requirements of your multi function center may not be compatible with the power available in foreign countries Using USA or CANADA models overseas is at your own risk and may void your warranty
165. er ADF Use the ADF unit for multiple page originals ADF Document Support Extension Place the original here to use the ADF unit 7 ADF Document Output Support Flap Unfold to prevent the scanned pages from sliding off the MFC Document Cover Open to place the original on the scanner glass 9 Power Switch Switch it on or off Front Cover Open to install a toner cartridge or drum unit Paper Tray Tray 1 Load paper here 1 3 INTRODUCTION M Back view 16 ADF Cover 15 Face up Output Tray Back Output Tray 17 Telephone Line Jack 14 AC Power Connector 18 USB Interface Connector 13 Duplex Tray MFC 8820D and MFC 8820 DN 12 Paper Adjustment Lever for Duplex Printing MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN afname Jesen OOOO O OOOO Paper Adjustment Lever for Use to match your paper size for duplex Duplex Printing printing MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN Duplex Tray Slide out to remove paper jammed inside the MFC 8820D and MFC MFC 8820DN 14 AC Power Connector Connect the AC Power Connector here 19 Parallel Interface Connector 20 External Telephone Line Jack Face up Output Tray Open it when thicker paper is placed inthe Back Output Tray MP tray or Manual feed tray ADF Cover Open to remove paper jammed inside the ADF unit Telephone Line Jack Plug the line cord supplied with the MFCinto here 18 USB Interface Connector Connect the USB Cable here 19 Parallel Inte
166. ervice on page i 7 Press Menu 2 0 1 20 Miscellaneous 2 Enter a 4 digit number for the 1 Mem Security password New Passwd xXxXxXX Press Set If you are entering the password for the first time the LCD shows Verify 3 Re enter the password Press Set 6 22 SETUP SEND Turning Memory Security on 7 Press Menu 2 0 1 20 Miscellaneous 2 Press or to select Set 1 Mem Security A SEC SeECURLEY security v Set Password Press Set 3 Enterthe registered 4 digit password Press Set The MFC goes offline and the LCD shows Secure Mode A If there is a power failure the data in the memory will remain for up to 4 days Turning Memory Security off 7 Press Menu Enter the registered 4 digit password and press Set 2 Mem ory Security is automatically tumed off andthe LCD shows the Date and Time A If you enter the wrong Password the LCD shows wrong Passwordand stays offline The MFC will stay in Secure Mode until the registered password is entered SETUP SEND 6 23 Auto Dial numbers and dialing options Storing numbers for easy dialing You can set up your MFC to do three types of easy dialing One Touch Speed Dial and Groups for Broadcasting faxes ed If you lose electrical power the auto dialnumbers that are in the memory will not be lost Storing One Touch Dial numbers Your MFC has 20 One Touch keys where you Ce eee A can store 40 fax or phone numbers for U rr automatic dialing To acces
167. es Node Name IP Address Model Name Location BRN_ OO KOKO Brother MFC XX BRN_ xX RKO Brother DOP XX BRN_ OOK HOOK OKO Brother MFC XX v Cancel 3 Click the Scan To Button tab in the dialog box and enter your PC Name in the Display Name field The MFC s LCD displays the Name you enter Default setting is your PC Name You can enter a name if you like Brother XXX XXXX LAN Properties General Events Color Management Network Setting Scan To Button V Register your PC with the Scan To functions at the MFC Display Name Max15 characters This name wil appear when the Scan to menu is selected at the MFC Scan To Button Pin number for this PC V Enable Pin number protection Pin number 0 9 4 digits i Retype Pin number al 4 You can avoid receiving unwanted documents by setting a 4 digit PIN Number Enter your PIN Number in the PIN Number and Retype PIN Number field To send data to a PC protected by a PIN Number the LCD prompts to enter the PIN Number before the document can be scanned and sent to the MFC See Using the Scan key on page 19 4 to 19 8 NETWORK SCANNING WINDOWS 98 98SE M E 2000 PROFESSIONAL AND XP ONLY 19 3 Using the Scan key Scan to E mail PC When you select Scan to E mail PC your original will be scanned and sent directly to the PC you designated on your network The Brother SmartUI will activate the default E mail application on the designated PC for addressing t
168. es uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by tuming the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures mM Reorent or relocate the receiving antenna mM Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver E Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected E Call the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help IMPORTANT INFORMATION 21 3 Important Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Brother Industries Ltd could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Important about the interface cable Ashielded interface cable should be used to ensure compliance with the limits for a Class B digital device Industry Canada Compliance Statement Canada only This Class B digital apparatus complies wth Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme ala norme NMB 003 du Canada International Enercy Stak Compliance Statement The purpose of the International ENERGY StarR Program is to promote the development
169. esenesn 5 4 Printing a reduced incoming fax Auto REGUCTION c ccccececseceesecsneeeseeeersesurseseeees 5 5 Printing a fax from the memoy cccceeeeeseeeeeeeeneees 5 5 Setting the Print Density ccc eccsecseeeeereeeaeeaaeeees 5 6 Advanced receiving operations cccceceeseeeeseeeeseeeeneees 5 7 Operation from extension telephones 0c seee 5 7 For FAX TEL mode Only ccccceecesseesnecesseeeeeaesneees 5 7 Using a cordless external handset cceeeeeee 5 8 Changing the remote codes c cccseceseeeaeeeeneeneenenes 5 8 FO eo E E EE E 5 9 Setting up Polling Receive cee seeeeceeeeeeeeeneees 5 9 Setting up Sequential Polling Receive 5 10 Setting Duplex printing for Fax mode For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN 5 10 Telephone services 2 0 c cece ccseceeececnecereccsesueaeacseanaesesees 5 11 Distinctive TRING cassisaesncnenses even cersecwnsceuescineaeacsean satan 5 11 What does your telephone company s Distinctive PING GO son tsssaccretsnmacnmeinsasrataenestatarssmeddectacents 5 11 What does Brother s Distinctive Ring do 5 11 Do you have Voice Mail ccsceseeceeeeeeecnes 5 12 Before you choose the ring pattern to register 5 12 Registering the Distinctive Ring pattern 5 13 Turning off the Distinctive RING cssees cece 5 13 caler B Sen een E ee ne ee eee 5 14 Viewing
170. ess Start to send the pages scanned so far or press Stop Exit to cancel the operation If itis not illuminated in green press Fax Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Enter the fax number 3 Press Start to send the fax The MFC starts scanning the first page and the LCD shows the job number XXX of the fax You can repeat Steps 1 to 3 for the next fax OR If you are using the scanner glass go to Step 5 4 Tosenda single page Flatbed Fax press 2 or press Start again Next Page 1 The MFC starts sending the gt a original OR To send more than one page press 1 and go to Step 5 5 Place the next page on the Patbed Fox scanner glass Press Set i Set Next Page The MFC starts scanning and Then Pross Geb then returns to Step 4 Repeat Steps 4 and 5 for each additional page To send the next fax go to Step 1 SETUP SEND 6 9 Real Time Transmission When you are sending a fax the MFC will scan the originals into the memory before sending Then as soon as the phone line is free the MFC will start dialing and sending If the memory becomes full the MFC will send the original in real time even if Real Time TX is set to Off Sometimes you may want to send an important original immediately without waiting for memory transmission You can set Real Time TX to On forall originals or for the next fax only If you want to fax multiple pages use
171. ex Printing Choosing the Duplex Printing icon displays the Duplex features available Printing Preferences Basic Advanced Support mja ea Use Duplex Unit Manual Duplex Duplex Type Flip on Left Edge Flip on Right Edge Flip on Top Edge O Flip on Bottom Edge Flip on Top Edge No Reverse Flip on Bottom Edge No Reverse C Binding Offset Use Duplex Unit For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820 DN Check the Duplex box and then select Use Duplex Unit In this mode the MFC prints on both sides of the paper automatically Manual Duplex Check the Duplex box and then select Manual Duplex In this mode the MFC prints all the even numbered pages first Then the printer driver stops and shows the instructions required to re install the paper When you click OK the odd numbered pages are printed Duplex Type You can select Duplex Type There are six types of duplex directions available for each orientation Flip on Left Edge Flip on Right Edge Flip on Top Edge Flip on Bottom Edge Flip on Top Edge No Reverse Flip on Bottom Edge No Reverse PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS 12 7 Binding Offset Check the Binding Offset option you can specify the offset value of the binding sideininches or millimeters 0 8inches 0 203 2 mm Watermark You can place a logo or text into your document as a Watermark You can select one of the preset Watermarks or you can use a bitmap file or te
172. extension phone and then press Start on the MFC OR by pressing 51 if you are not at your MFC See Operation from extension telephones on page 5 7 A If this feature is set to On but your MFC doesn t connect a fax call when you lift a extension or extemal phone handset press the Fax Receive Code 51 If you send faxes from a computer on the same phone line and the MFC intercepts them set Easy Receive tooff if itis not illuminated in green press Z Fax 2 Press Men u 2 1 3 21 Setup Receive 3 Use lt gt or to select On or 3 Easy Receive A Off v Off Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit 5 4 SETUP RECEIVE Printing a reduced incoming fax Auto Reduction lf you choose On the MFC automatically reduces an incoming fax to fit on one page of letter legal or A4 size paper regardless of the paper size of the original The MFC calculates the reduction ratio by using the page size of the original and your Paper Size setting Menu 1 3 If itis not illuminated in green press Fax 2 Press Menu 2 1 5 21 Setup Receive 3 If youhave the optional paper tray N Reduction 2 press or amp to select Of Tray 1lorTray 2 Press Set 4 Use gt or to select on or Off Press Set 5 Press Stop Exit o4 If you receive faxes that are split onto two pages turn on this setting Printing a fax from the memory If you set Fax Storage to ON for Remote Retrieval you can still print
173. f the copy looks good the problem is probably not your MFC Check the chart below and follow the troubleshooting tips DIF FICULT Y SUGGESTIONS Condensed print and If your copy looks good you probably had a bad connection with static or horizontal streaks or the top interference on the telephone line If the copy looks bad clean the scanner Printing or Receiving Faxes and bottom of sentences are area If thereis still prdolem call Brother Customer Service at cut off 1 800 234 4329 in USA 1 877 BROTHER in Canada or 514 685 6464 in Montreal Poor quality print See Improving the print quality on page 22 18 Vertical black lines when Sometimes you may see vertical streaks black lines on the faxes you receiving receive Your MFC s primary corora wire for printing may be dirty or the sending party s fax scanner may be dirty Clean your primary corona wire See Cleaning the drum unit on page 22 27 or ask the sender to make acopy to see ifthe problemis with the sendng machine Try receiving from another fax machine If the problem continues call Brother Customer Service at 1 800 284 4229 In USA 1 877 BROTHER In Canada or 514 685 6464 In Montreal Horizontal streaks lines are You may get a fax with horizontal streaks or with missinglines Usually missing this is caused by a poor telephone connection Ask the other party to send the fax again Received faxes appear as split If the received datais divided and
174. faxes will be forwarded 3 Enterthe forwarding number up to 20 digits Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit REMOTE FAXOPTIONS 8 1 Programming your pager number When Paging is selected your MFC dials the pager number you ve programmed and then dials your Personal Identification Number PIN This activates your pager so you will know that you have a fax message in the memory 7 Press Menu 2 5 1 25 Remote Fax Opt 2 Press or to select A a i eae Paging v Fax Forward Press Set 3 Enter your pager phone number followed by up to 20 digits Press Set Do not include the area code if it is the same as that of your MFC For example press18005551212 4 if your pager needs a PIN enter the PIN press press Redial Pause enter your fax number followed by Press Set For example press 123 4 5 Redial Pause 1800555 1212 OR If you do not need a PIN press Redial Pause enter your fax number followed by Press Set For example press Redial Pause 1800555121 2 5 Press Stop Exit a You cannot change a Paging number or PIN remotely 8 2 REMOTE FAX OPTIONS Setting Fax Storage If you set Fax Storage to ON you will be able to retrieve fax messages from another location using Fax Forwarding Paging or Remote Retrieval operations If there is paper in your MFC a back up copy of each fax will be printed The LCD will show when you have a fax stored in memory 7 Press Menu 2
175. fight click the mouse to configure the Scan to options For models without an ADF or models connected through the network Please use the Scan options on your machine control panel to scan the document or right click the mouse button to configure the Scan to options Place the original in the MFC s ADF and then click OK to go to the Control Center screen o4 If you want to scan the original from the scanner glass please use Scan on the control panel of the MFC USING THE BROTHERCONTROL CENTER FOR WINDOWS 95 989 98S EME 200 PROFESSONAL AND WINDOWS NT WG 40 14 7 Scan to File Scan To File m Scanner Setting Photos High Quality Modify Settings m Destination Folder PaperPort Folder C Other Folder Folder C My Documents My PaperPort Documents Browse To access Scan to File Configurations screen 7 Place the original face up in the ADF The Brother Control Center screen will pop up 2 Right click Scan to File and click on Configuration Click the Modify Settings button to view the configuration screen of the Control Center 3 Tosave your settings click OK OR To go back to the factory default settings click the Restore Defaults button Scanner settings From the pull down list select the scanning mode thatis appropriate for the type of file Faxing Filing and Copying Text for OCR Photos Photos High Quality Photos Quick Scan Custom Draft Cop
176. g your four digit password Job cancel Clears data from the printer memory 1 7 INTRODUCTION 0 0 P Copy O Status LED Light Emitting Diode The LED willflash and change color depending on the MFC status 5 Line Liquid Crystal Display LCD Displays messages on thescreen to help you to set up and use your MFC o o o o o 0o0o_o_o_ oo o 0_0 0 070 Mode keys ZZ Fax Lets you access Fax mode Lets you access Copy mode Scan Lets you access Scan mode Fax and telephone keys Hook Press before dialing if you want to make sure a fax machine will answer and then press Start Resolution Sets the resolution whenyousend a fax Search Speed Dial Lets you look up numbers that are stored in the dialing memory It also lets you dial stored numbers by pressing and a three digit number Redial Pause Redials the last number you called It also inserts a pause in auto dial numbers INTRODUCTION 1 8 e Copy ie OO ROHS H e f ee K ee e Duplex Sort Nini scan 0 070 Navigation keys Menu Lets you access the Menu to program Set Lets you store your settings in the MFC Clear Back Deletes entered data or lets you exit the menu by pressing repeatedly 1 9 INTRODUCTION e ooo ohoo oooooooooo cooo oooog eeoeeoe7ee e Ale ee GHI z Enlarge
177. ge is automatically sent to more than one fax number Using the Set key you can include Groups One Touch Speed Dial numbers and up to 50 manually dialed numbers If you did not use up any of the numbers for Groups access codes or credit card numbers you can broadcast faxes to as many as 390 different numbers However the available memory will vary depending on the types of jobs in the memory and the number of locations used for broadcasting If you broadcast to the maximum numbers available you will not be able to use Dual Access and Delayed fax To include One Touch or Speed Dial numbers and manually dialed numbers in the same broadcast you must press Set between each of the numbers Use Search Speed Dial to help you choose the numbers easily See Setting up Groups for Broadcasting on page 7 4 After the broadcast is finished a Broadcast Report will be printed to let you know the results E Enter the long dialing sequence numbers as you would nomally but remember that each One Touch and Speed Dial number counts as one number so the number of locations you can store becomes limited E Ifthe memory is full press Stop Exit to stop the job or if more than one page has been scanned press Start to send the portion that is in the memory 7 If itis not illuminated in green press Fax Place the Original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Enter anumber using One Touch Speed Dial a Group number Searc
178. gram W MFC 8820D Setup Receive General Setup Ring Delay 4 rr g i Setup Receive F T Ring Time 20 Sec B OK This starts the process of uploading the data to the MFC and exiting the remote setup program If an error message is displayed enter the correct data again Click OK Cancel This exits the remote setup application without uploading the data to the MFC Apply This uploads the data to the MFC but does not exit the remote setup application Print This command prints the selected items on the MFC You can not print the data until it is uploaded to the MFC Click Apply to upload the new data to the MFC and click Print 18 30 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH Export This command saves the current configuration settings to a file Import This command reads the settings from a file USING YOUR MFC WITH AMACINTOSH 18 31 Network Scanning Windows 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional and XP only To use the MFC as a Network Scanner the NC 91 00h Network board should be installed into the MFC MFC 8820DN standard and configured with TCP IP and mail server settings if you use Scan to E mail E mail server You can set or change NC 9100h settings from the control panel or with the BRAdmin Professional utility or Web Management Please see the NC 9100h User s Guide on the CD ROM Registering your PC with the MFC If you need to change the MFC that was registered to your PC during the installati
179. groups of scan to buttons Each section has a number of different buttons which are predefined for the most frequently used applications The Scan section contains four buttons for Scan to File Scan to E mail Scan to Word Processor and Scan to Image applications The Copy section contains four buttons for N to 1 copying The Fax section button is for sending faxes using the Brother PC FAX application and the Custom section contains three buttons with which you can assign your own function 4 2 3 4 Hardware Section Software Section Scan Scan To File Outlook Express Microsoft WordPad Microsoft Paint AutoLoad Pop UP Brother MFC 8420 USB Copy one to one Copy two to one Copy four to one Brother PC FAX Scan To File Scan To File Scan To File Restore 15 12 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER Scan 1 Scan to File enables you to scan directly to a disk file You can change the file type and destination directory as needed 2 Scanto E mail Default Outlook Express enables you to scan a page or document directly into an E mail application as a standard attachment You have the option of selecting the file type and resolution for the attachment 3 Scan to Word Processor Default MS WordPad enables you to scan a page or document automatically run ScanSoft TextBridge OCR and insert the text not graphic image into a word processing p
180. gs Application Brother PC FAX Link Preferences Format Folder Cancel USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 27 FAX settings Brother PC FAX Send To Options Brother PC FAX Program Links V Automatic page orientation Fax printer driver Brother PC FAX on BMFC V Include icon on Send To bar Cancel Help To change the driver settings click on the Setup button Select the Paper Size Paper Source f you need more customized setup click on the Options button Print Setup Kk Orientation r Paper i Size _ Canca A Automatic l Source Auto Select v Options 15 28 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER Brother PC FAX Properties Paper Size Orientation Portrait C Landscape Letter Resolution 200x200 dpi B x 11 in C 200x100 dpi Default About Select the Paper Size Orientation Portrait or Landscape and Resolution 200x200 dpi or 200x100 dpi and click OK To return to the factory default settings click the Default button USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 29 Custom User defined buttons There are up to three Custom buttons on the Brother SmartUI Control Center NOTE The number of Custom buttons depends on which Brother model you purchased You can set your own preferences and configuration to fit your required application To configure a Custom Button
181. h or manual dialing using the dial pad Example Group number 3 When theLCD displays the fax number of the other party press Set You will be asked to press the next number 6 16 SETUP SEND O N OD QO A Enter the next number Example Speed Dial number When the LCD displays the fax number of the other party press Set Enter another fax number Example Manual dialing using the dial pad Press Start If you are using the scanner glass go to Step 8 To send a single page press 2 or press Start again The MFC starts sending the fax OR To send more than one page press 1 and go to Step 9 Place the next page on the scanner glass Press Set The MFC starts scanning and returns to Step 8 Repeat Step 8 and 9 for each additional page SETUP SEND 6 17 Overseas Mode If you are having difficulty sending a fax overseas due to possible interference on the phone line we recommend that you tum on the Overseas Mode After you send a fax using this feature the feature will turn itself off 7 If itis not illuminated in green press Fax Place the Original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Press Menu 2 2 9 22 Setup Send 3 Press or to select on or A A ae Mone Off v Off Press Set 4 Press1if you want to choose more settings and the LCD will return to the Setup Send menu OR Press 2 if you have finished choosing settings and then go to Step 5 Enter the
182. haracters of the number or name M out of Area display means call originated outside your Caller ID service area M Private Call display means the caller has intentionally blocked transmission of information If both the name and number are received the LCD shows only the name You can print a list of Caller ID information received by your MFC See Printing Caller ID List on page 5 15 Caller ID service varies with different carriers Call your local telep hone company to determine the kind of service available in your area 5 14 SETUP RECEIVE Viewing Caller ID List Caller ID memory stores information for up to thirty calls When the thirty first call comesin information about the first call is erased You can scroll through Caller ID information to review those calls made to your MFC 7 Press Menu 2 0 5 20 Miscellaneous 2 Press or to select weca77ch ID A Display Display v Print Report Press Set Ifthe name was not received it will not be displayed 3 Press lt or to scroll through the Caller ID memory to select the Caller ID you want to view and then press Set The LCD shows the callers name and number and the date and time of the call Press or amp io return to the Caller ID listing OR Press Stop Exit Clearing a Caller ID stored in the memory For effective use of the memory we recommend that you clear the Caller IDs stored in memory by pressing Clear Back when the LCD
183. he MFC Calls must be made from within that country Register your product By registering your product with Brother Intemational Corporation you will be recorded as the original owner of the product Your registration with Brother E may serve as confirmation of the purchase date of your product should you lose your receipt E may support an insurance claim by you in the event of product loss covered by insurance and E will help us notify you of enhancements to your product and special offers Please complete and fax the Brother Warranty Registration And Test Sheet or for your convenience and most efficient way to register your new product register on line at www registermybrother com Frequently asked questions FAQs The Brother Solutions Center is our one stop resource for all your Fax Machine Multi Function Center needs You can download the latest software and utilities read FAQs and troubleshooting tips and go to the Solutions section to learn how to get the most from your Brother product http s olutions brother com A You can check here for Brother driver updates For Customer Service In USA 1 800 284 4329 voice 1 901 379 1215 fax 1 800 284 3238 TTY service for the hearing impaired In Canada 1 877 BROTHER voice 514 685 4898 fax 514 685 6464 voice In Montreal Service Center Locator USA only For the location of aBrother authorized service center call 1 800 284 4357 Service Ce
184. hes 3225 pixels 226MB Width shows the width of scanning area Height shows the height of scanning area Data Size shows the approximate data size calculated in a Bitmap format The size will be diffe rent for other file formats such as JPEG HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 13 9 Scanning a document For Windows XP only WIA compliant Windows XP uses Windows Image Acauisition WIA for scanning images from the MFC You can scan images directly into the PaperPort viewer that Brother included with your MFC or you can scan images directly into any other software application that supports WIA or TWAIN scanning How to access the scanner 1 Open your software application to scan a document a The instructions for scanning in this Guide are for when you use ScanSoft PaperPort 8 0 The steps for scanning from another application may vary 2 Select Scan from the File drop down menu or select the Scan button The Scan pane appears in the left panel 3 Select the scanner you are using from the Scanner drop down list box 4 Click Scan The Scan dialog box will appear gt Scan using Brother XXXXXXXXX What do you want to scan Paper source CE Select an option below for the type of picture you want to scan faai Color picture wut O Grayscale picture By Black and white picture or text g Custom Settings You can also Adjust the quality of the scanned picture 13 10 HOW TO SCAN USING WI
185. hoose the word processing application such as Word Pad MS Word and so on Scan to Image Lets you scan an image directly into any graphic viewer editor application You can choose the graphics application such as Microsoft Paint Copy operations Copy Lets you use the PC and any Windows printer driver for enhanced copy operations You can scan the page on the Brother MFC and print the copies using any of the features of the Brother MFC printer driver OR You can send the copy output to any standard Windows printer driver that is on your PC PC Fax operation Send a Fax Lets you scan a picture or text original and send the image as a fax from the PC using the Brother PC FAX software 14 4 USNGTHEBROTHER CONTROL CENTER FOR WINDOWS 95 98 98SE ME 2 00 PROFESSIONAL AND WINDOWS NT WS 4 0 Scanner settings for Scan Copy and PC Fax buttons When the Pop Up screen appears you can access the Scanner Settings window Clickthe Smart Click Al iconat the top right of the Brother Control Center screen OR Click the Modify Settings button on any of the Configuration screens Pop Up Setting V AutoLoad Pop Up r Global Scanner Settings Color Mode Black amp white x Scan Size Letter 8 5 11 in x Brightness Global settings AutoLoad Pop Up Select this checkbox if you want Brother MFL Control Center to load when you turn on your computer USING THE BROTHE
186. ialing 0 cccccscseceececnecaeeeeaeeesneeeeseness 7 5 Speed Dialing ccccecccccecceceececseeceeseeneccarsessesceeeees 7 6 Manual Gialling cecccceeeeeeeereeeeesteesseeeareesieneeseness 7 6 Using an external telepnone ccceseeesseeeneeeeeenens 7 6 Access codes and credit card numbets 60006 7 7 PAU E ee One ee ee eee eee 7 8 Tone or Pulse Canada Onlly cccceceeseeesseeeeneeens 7 8 Remote Fax Options ccccccseecceeessecnsescesnecsneesseenseeemeeees 8 1 Fax ForwardinG Paging cccssecsscsccsecesteeseeeestessuesesnenes 8 1 Programming a Fax Forwarding numbev 6006 8 1 Programming your pager NUMDETL cccceeeeeeeeees 8 2 Setting Fax Storage ccccccccsecaeceecsecaececseecueseeseeaecsesaseaes 8 3 Setting your Remote Access Code cciceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 4 Remote Retrieval ccccccccseccsecccseecseaesesecneaeaesesensseees 8 5 Using your Remote Access Code s es ue seneese eeren 8 5 Remote commands ccc oseese nnee eneen essen ereeeeneeeenenaneees 8 6 Retrieving fax messages ccsceceececseceeeeaeeeeaeeessenes 8 7 Changing your Fax Forwarding numbet 055 8 7 Printing reports sussuansesnnunnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnn nn annnm 9 1 MFC settings and activity 00 ccc ccceeceececaeeecteeeereeaeeeenenes 9 1 Customizing the Transmission Verification Report 9 1 Setti
187. ice Mail set up on the Distinctive Ring number Manual mode means you must answer all the calls yourself You can not change the receive mode to the other mode while the Distinctive Ring is set to on 1 Press Menu 2 0 4 20 Miscellaneous 2 Press or to select Set k 4 E n Press Set v Set 3 Press lt or to select the stored ring pattem you want to use Press Set You will hear each pattern as you scroll through the four pattems Make sure you choose the pattern that the telephone company gave you 4 Press Stop Exit Distinctive Ring is now set to on Turning off the Distinctive Ring 1 Press Menu 2 0 4 20 Miscellaneous 2 Press or to select off 4 Distinctive A On Press Set Off 3 Press Stop Exit A If you turn off Distinctive Ring the MFC will stay in Manual receive mode You will need to set the Receive Mode again See To select or change your Receive Mode on page 5 2 SETUP RECEIVE 5 13 Caller ID A The Caller ID feature lets you use the Caller ID subscriber service offered by many local telephone companies This service provides you by means of the LCD the name or telephone number of your caller as the line rings After a few rings the LCD shows the telephone number of your caller or name if available Once you pick up the handset the Caller ID information disappears from the LCD but the call information remains stored in the Caller ID memory Mm You will see the first 16 c
188. ies amp Pages Ka Copies L W Collated Pages All O From 1 to 1 om Preview l Cancel Print USING YOUR MFC WITH AMACINTOSH 18 5 Specific settings Set the Media Type Resolution Toner Save and other settings Press Copies amp Pages to select settings you want to change Printer MFC XXXX B Presets Standard B _ Copies amp Pages bil Layout Output Options Collated Pa F per Bee 1 to 1 Print Settings Send Fax Summary Preview f Cancel Print gt Save Custom Setting Duplex Printer MFC XXXX B Presets Standard B Duplex p TA Duplex Use Duplex Unit Manual Duplex i Flip on Long Edge I O Flip on Short Edge LA Ps erm ve ma noes 1 o Preview Cancel Print gt ae Automatic Duplex is only available with the MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN 18 6 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH Printer settings Printer MFC XXXX Presets Standard B Print Settings Quality Normal 300 dpi Fine 600 dpi Super Fine HQ1200 Media Type Plain Paper B C Toner Save Mode D B USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 18 7 Using the PS driver with your Apple Macintosh To use the PS driver on a Network see the NC 9100h Network User s Guide on CD ROM A To use the PS driver with a USB cable you need to set the Emulation to BR Script3 Menu 4
189. ile Style user interface Brother PC FAX Setup User Information Sending Speed Dial Facsimile style only Address Book Speed Dial Fax No Name Fax E 1 John Roller 908 704 908 704 231 i 2 JoeSmith 908 555 908 555 123 You can register a Member or Group on each of the ten Speed Dial buttons To register an address in a Speed Dial button Clickthe Speed Dial button you want to program 2 Click the Member or Group you want to store on the Speed Dial button 3 Click Add gt gt to save it To clear a Speed Dial button Click the Speed Dial button you want to clear 2 Click Clear to erase it 17 6 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE The Address Book From the Start menu select Programs Brother Brother MFL Pro Suite and then click PC FAX Address Book The Brother Address Book dialog box will appear Brother Address Book File Edit Help E Mail John Roller 908 704 2312 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 7 Setting up a Member in the Address Book In the Brother Address Book dialog box you can add edit and delete stored information of Members and Groups In the Address Book dialog box click the g icon to adda Member The Brother Address Book Member Setup dialog box will appear Brother Address Book Member Setup Name E Joe Smith Title Me Company Brother Intemational Cop Department Sales Job Title Sales Rep 00 Street Address 100 Some Street City PO State Province N
190. ill be used for Auto faxing For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN with the optional paper tray 2 Menu Descriptions Selections 1 Gener al 7 Tray Tray 1 Only Select the tray that Setup Us e Copy Tray 2 Only will be used for MP Only copying Auto 8 Tray Tray 1 Only Select the tray that Use Fax Tray 2 Only will be used for Auto faxing A The default settings are shown in Bold with x ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING 3 15 f Getting started Initial Setup Setting the Date and Time Your MFC displays the date and time and if you set up the Station ID it prints on every fax you send If there is a power failure you may have to reset the date and time All other settings will not be affected Press Menu 0 2 02 Date Time 2 Enterthe last two digits of the year Press Set Year 20XX 3 Enter two digits for the month Press Set For example enter 09 for September or 10 for October 4 Enter two digits for the day Press Set For example enter 06 for 6th 5 Enter the time in 24 Hour format Press Set For example enter 15 25 for 3 25 P M 6 Press Stop Exit The LCD now shows the date and time whenever the MFC is in Standby mode GETTING STARTED 4 1 Setting the Station ID You should store your name or company name and fax number and telephone number to be printed on all fax pages that you send 2 Enter your fax number up to 20 digits Press Set 3 Enter your telephone number up to 20 digits
191. in p e ar Ta ea mi ooh sia En atte a ag n S E de TE ree i ry ree ae i o rai Hoe a aia te aon eer ah pea LE pa PASE bara A fe eee Sa A sete ETAT aE ares EAA HEL eens eg MFC 8420 MFC 8820D MFC 8820DN brother Version A If you need to call Customer Service Please complete the following information for future reference Model Number MFC 8420 MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN Circle your model number Serial Number Date of Purchase Place of Purchase The serial number is on the back of the unit Retain this User s Guide with your sales receipt as a permanent record of your purchase in the event of theft fire or warranty service Register your product on line at www registermybrother com By registering your product with Brother International Corporation you will be recorded as the original owner of the product Your registration with Brother E may serve as confirmation of the purchase date of your product should you lose your receipt WE may support an insurance claim by you in the event of product loss covered by insurance and WE will help us notify you of enhancements to your product and special offers The most convenient and efficient way to register your new product is on line at www registermybrother com 1996 2003 Brother Industries Ltd Brother numbers IMPORTANT For technical help you must call the country where you bought t
192. in the MFC s memory E Do not connect your MFC to electrical outlets on the same circuit as large appliances or other Equipment that might disrupt the power supply E Avoid interference sources such as speakers or the base units of cordless phones Quick Reference Guide Sending faxes Automatic Transmission 1 2 4 5 If it is not illuminated in green press Fax Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Enter the fax number using One Touch Speed Dial Search or the dial pad Press Start If you are using the scanner glass press 2 or Start Real Time Transmission You can send faxes in real time 1 If it is not illuminated in green press Fax Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Press Menu 2 2 5 Press or to select On and then press Set OR For the next transmission only press lt gt or to selectNext Fax Only and then press Set For the next fax only press o to select Next Fax On and then press Set 6 Press 1 if you want to choose more settings and the LCD will retum to the Setup send menu OR Press 2 to fax Enter the fax number 8 Press Start Receiving faxes Select Receive Mode 1 2 Press Menu 0 1 Press amp gt or to select Fax Only Manual Fax TelandExternal TAD and then press Set Storing numbers Storing One Touch Dial numbers
193. inal have been scanned select 2 and press Set or press 2 MAKING COPIES 10 15 Changing the default copy settings You can adjust the copy settings that are shown in the chart These settings will stay until you change them again Factory Settings l Quality Auto o o Quality 7 Press Menu 3 1 31 Quality 2 Press or toselectText ae Photo Or Auto v Photo Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit Contrast You can change the contrast to help an image look lighter or darker 2 Press to make lighter _oosgoo OR Press to make darker Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit 10 16 MAKING COPIES Using the MFC as a printer Using the Brother MFC 8420 MFC 8820D or MFC 8820DN printer driver A Printer Driver is software that translates data from the format used by a computer into the format required by a particular printer using a printer command language or page description language The printer drivers are on the CD ROM we have supplied Install the drivers first by following the Quick Setup Guide Also the latest printer driver can be downloaded from the Brother Solutions Center at http solutions brother com Windows Printing The dedicated printer driver and TrueType compatible fonts for Microsof Windows 95 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional XP and Windows NT workstation 4 0 are available on the CD ROM supplied with your MFC You can install them easily into your Windo
194. ing a new one If you want to make your code inactive press Clear Back in Step 2 to restore the inactive setting 8 4 REMOTE FAX OPTIONS Remote Retrieval You can call your MFC from any telephone or fax machine using touch tone then use the Remote Access Code and remote commands to retrieve fax messages Be sure to cut out the Remote Retrieval Access Card on the last page and keep it with you at all times Using your Remote Access Code 1 2 ef Dial your fax number from a telephone or another fax machine using touch tone When your MFC answers immediately enter your Remote Access Code 3 digits followed by The MFC signals if it has received fax messages 1 long beep Fax messages No beeps No fax messages The MFC gives two short beeps which tells you to enter a command The MFC will hang up if you wait longer than 30 seconds to enter a command The MFC will beep three times if you enter an invalid command Press 90 to reset the MFC when you ve finished Hang up If your MFC is set to Manual mode and you want to use the remote retrieval features you can access your MFC by waiting about 2 minutes after it starts ringing and then entering the Remote Access Code within 30 seconds REMOTE FAX OPTIONS 8 5 Remote commands Follow the commands below to access features when you are away from the MFC When you call the MFC and enter your Remote Access Code 3 digits followed by the system will
195. instructions When the Select Components screen appears check PS Printer Driver and then continue following the on screen instructions If you have not previously installed the driver and software insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive on your PC and click Install Software Choose MFL Pro Suite and fdlow the on screen instructions When the Setup Typescreen appears select Custom and check the PS Printer Driver Then continue following on screen instructions The screens in this section are from Windows XP Thescreens on your PC will vary depending on your Operating System Ports tab Select the port where your printer is connected or the path to the network printer you are using amp Brother MFC 8820D BR Script3 Properties X General Sharing Ports Advance d Security Device Settings 9 la Brother MFC 8820D BR Script3 Print to the following port s Documents will print to the first free checked port Port O LPT2 Printer Port CO LPT3 Printer Port O COM1 Serial Port O COM2 Serial Port O COM3 Serial Port O COM4 Serial Port C Enable printer pooling PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS 12 17 Device Settings tab Select the options you installed Brother MFC 8820D BR Script3 Properties fx Advanced Security Device Settings MF Tray Letter Manual Feed Letter E 2a Font Substitution Table Available PostScript Memory 1660 KB Output Protocol ASCII Send CTRL D Before Each Job No
196. ion Press Men u 2 4 2 2 Act Interval Select AV amp Set Customizing the Transmission Verification Report You can use the Transmission Report as proof that you sent a fax This report lists the time and date of transmission and whether the transmission was successful OK If you select On or On Image the report will print for every fax you send If you send a lot of faxes to the same place you may need more than the job numbers to know which faxes you must send again Selecting On Image or Off Image will print a section of the fax s first page on the report to help you remember A When the feature is of f the Report will only print it there is a transmission error NG 7 Press Menu 2 4 1 24 Setup Reports 1 T j j 2 Press or to select Off M Off Image ON Or On Image h Off Image Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit PRINTING REPORTS 9 1 Setting the Fax Activity Report Interval You can set the MFC to print activity reports at specific intervals every 50 faxes 6 12 or 24 hours 2 or 7 days If you set the interval to Of you can print the report by following the Steps on the next page The default setting is Every 50 Faxes 1 Press Menu 2 4 2 24 Setup Reports 2 Act Interval 2 Press or tochoosean a Every 50 Faxes interval Press Set v Every 6 hours If you choose 7 days the LCD will ask you to choose a day on which to begin the 7 day countdown 3 Enter the time to b
197. ion and check Secure Print 2 Enter your password user name and job name and click OK 3 Youmust printthe secured documents from the control panel of the MFC See Secure key on page 11 16 To delete a secured document You need to use the control panel of the MFC to delete a secured document See Secure key on page 11 16 A You can store up to 8 MB of secured data in the MFC s memory PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS 12 11 Quick Print Setup The Quick Print Setup feature allows you to quickly select driver settings To view setting simply click your mouse button on the task tray 3 icon This feature can be set to ON or OFF from the Device Options section The factory setting is OFF Printing Preferences Basic Advanced Basic Advanced Support B a Printer Function Secure Print Quick Print Setup Print Date amp Time Setting 12 12 PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS Administrator For Windows 95 98 98SE Me Users Only The administrator selection permits the Copy Scaling and Watermark features to be locked and password protected Brother MFC 8820D Printer Properties Secure Print Quick Print Setup Administrator Print Date amp Time Administration a ejj LGC ia Sealing Loc Watermark Lock A Record your password and keep it in a safe place for future reference If you forget your password these settings can not be accessed PRIN
198. ipment may not be used on coin service lines provided by the telephone company or connected to party lines Brother cannot accept any financial or other responsibilities that may be the result of your use of this information including direct special or consequential damages There are no warranties extended or granted by this document 21 2 IMPORTANT INFORMATION A WARNING This MFC has been certified to comply with FCC standards which are applied to the USA only A grounded plug should be plugged into a grounded AC outlet after checking the rating of the local power Supply for the MFC to operate properly and safely Federal Communications Commission FCC Declaration of Conformity USA only Responsible Party Brother International Corporation 100 Somerset Corporate Boulevard Bridgewater NJ 08807 0911 USA TEL 908 704 1 700 declares that the products Product Name MFC 8420 MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits fora Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generat
199. it OR Press 2 to exit without making a change 3 Press Stop Exit Only the printer settings will be returned to the original factory l settings 11 18 USING THE MFC AS A PRINTER Printer driver settings Windows Only Printer driver settings You can change the following printer settings when you print from your computer Media Type Multiple Page Duplex Watermark 2 Scaling Print Date amp Time Quick Print Setup Secure Print These settings are not available with the BR script driver 2 These settings are not available with the Universal printer driver How to access the printer driver settings Select Print from the File menu in your application software 2 Select Brother MFC 8420 or MFC 8820D USB Printer as your printer and click Preferences for Windows 2000 XP Properties for Windows 95 98 98SE and Me Document Default for Windows NT 4 0 The Printing Preferences dialog box will appear ev The way you access the printer driver settings depends on your operating system and software applications ed The screens shown in this section are from Windows XP The screens on your Computer may vary depending on your Windows Operating System ev Some descriptions in this chapter are based on the MFC 8820D These descriptions also apply to the MFC 8420 and MFC 8820DN PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS 12 1 Features in the Brother Native Driver The Brother Native driver is
200. k Output i fo O Search Group Name nput x Numbe jai Barble Bob H Directories Nu work 999 888 0001 work fax 999 888 0000 work bob xxx yyy com Edit CI my Se ee a Printer MFC XXXX HJ Output Bob 999 888 0000 A The vCard used must contain a work fax or home fax number USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 18 19 a When you choose work fax or home fax from the Stored Fax Numbers pull down list only the fax number stored in the Mac OS X Address Book for the selected category will be used If the fax number is stored in only one of the Mac OS X Address Book categories the number will be retrieved no matter which category you have selected work or home 18 20 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH Using the Brother TWAIN scanner driver with your Macintosh The Brother MFC software includes a TWAIN Scanner driver for Macintosh You can use this Macintosh TWAIN Scanner driver with any applications that support the TWAIN specifications A Mac OS X Scanning is supported in Mac OS X 10 2 1 or greater Accessing the scanner Run your Macintosh TWAIN compliant application software The first time you use the Brother TWAIN driver MFL Pro P2500 set it as the default by choosing Select Source or the other menu name to select the device Afterwards for each document you scan choose Acquire Image or Scan The scanner setup dialog box will appear a The screen shown in this s
201. ke sure the Brother TWAIN driver is selected as the primary source In PaperPor click Scan in the File menu and select the Brother TWAIN driver TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 15 DIFFICULTY SU GGESTIONS Software Difficulties Cannot perform 2 in 1 or4in1 Check that the paper size setting in the application and in the printer printing driver are the same Cannot print when using Try to reduce the print resolution Adobe Illustrator When using ATMfonts some Ifyou are using Windows 95 98 98SE Me select Printer Settings from characters are missing or the Start menu Select the properties ofthe Brother MFC 8420 or some characters areprintedin MFC 8820D USB Printer Click Spool Setting on the Details tab their place Select RAW from Spool Data Format Unable to write toLPT1 or 1 Make sure the MFC is on plugged into the AC power outlet and LPT1 already in use Error turned the power switch on and that it is connected directly to the Message appears computer using the bundled IEEE 1284 bi directional parallel cable 5 The cable must not go through another peripheral device suchas a MFC is Busy Error Message Zip Drive Extemal CD ROM Drive or Switch box SREE AR Make sure the MFC is not displaying an error message on the LCD Display Make sure no other device drivers which also communicate through the parallel port are running automatically when you boo
202. l would be transferred to a line that does not havea fax machine Your MFC will work best on a dedicated line Two line phone system A two line phone system is nothing more than two separate phone numbers on the same wall outlet The two phone numbers can be on separate jacks RJ1 1 or combined into one jack RJ14 Your MFC must be plugged into an RJ11 jack RJ11 and RJ14 jacks may be equal in size and appearance and both may contain four wires black red green yellow To test the type of jack plug in a two line phone and see if itcan access both lines If it can you must separate the line for your MFC See Easy Receive on page 5 4 1 19 INTRODUCTION Converting telephone wall outlets There are three ways to convert to an RJ11 jack The first two ways may require assistance from the telephone company You can change the wall outlets from one RJ14 jack to two RJ11 jacks Or you can have an RJ11 wall outlet installed and slave or jump one of the phone numbers to it The third way is the easiest Buy a triplex adapter You can plug a triplex adapter into an RJ14 outlet It separates the wires into two separate RJ11 jacks Line 1 Line 2 and a third RJ14 jack Lines 1 and 2 If your MFC is on Line 1 plug the MFC into L1 of the triplex adapter If your MFC is on Line 2 plug it into L2 of the triple adapter Triplex Adapter INTRODUCTION 1 20 Installing MFC external two line tad and two line telephone When you are ins
203. llation improper or abnormal use misuse neglect or accident including but not limited to transporting this Product without the proper preparation and or packaging 3 Damage caused by another device or software used with this Product including iv MFC LIMITED WARRANTY USA but not limited to damage resulting from use of non Brother brand parts and Consumable and Accessory Items 4 Consumable and Accessory Items that Ne in accordance with a rated life and 5 Problems arising from other than defects in materials or workmanship This limited warranty is VOID if this Product has been altered or modified in any way including but not limited to attempted warranty repair without authorization trom Brother and or alteration removal of the serial number What to do if you think your Product is eligible for warranty service Report your issue to either our Customer Service Hotline at 1 800 284 4329 or a Brother Authorized Service Center within the applicable warranty period Supply Brother or the Brother Authorized Service Center with a copy of your dated bill of sale showing that this Product was purchased within the U S For the name of local Brother Authorized Service Center s Call What Brother will ask you to do After contacting Brother or a Brother Authorized Service Center you may be required to deliver by hand if you prefer or send the Product properly packaged freight prepaid to the Authorized Service
204. lug the two line telephone into the TEL jack of the two line TAD 1 21 INTRODUCTION Multi line connections PBX Most offices use a central telephone system While it is often relatively simple to connect the MFC to a key system or a PBX Private Branch Exchange we suggest that you contact the company that installed your telephone system and ask them to connect the MFC for you It is advisable to have a separate line for the MFC You can then leave the Receive Mode set to FAX Only to receive faxes any time of the day or night If the MFC isto be connected to a multi line system ask your installer to connect the unit to the last line on the system This prevents the unit from being activated each time a telephone call is received As with all fax units this MFC must be connected to a two wire system If your line has more than two wires proper connection of the MFC cannot be made If you are installing the MFC to work with a PBX Itisnot guaranteed that the unit will operate correctly under all circumstances with a PBX Any cases of difficulty should be reported first to the company that handles your PBX 2 ifall incoming calls will be answered by a switchboard operator itis recommended that the Receive Mode be set to Manual All incoming calls should initially be regarded as telephone calls Custom features on your phone line If you have Voice Mail Call Waiting Call Waiting Caller ID Caller ID RingMaster an answering ser
205. mail word processor or graphic application of your choice E Copy E PC Faxing using the Brother PC FAX software Pa Scan to ie Copy Espero E Z U efa Peares USING THE BROTHERCONTROL CENTER FOR WINDOWS 959898SEME 200 PROFESSIONAL AND WINDOWS NTE WS 40 14 1 AutoLoad the Brother Control Center The Control Center is loaded every time Windows is started When the Control Center is loaded the Control Center i icon will appear on the task bar If you don t want the Control Center to load automatically you can turn off AutoLoad A If the Control Center i icon does not appear on your task bar you will have to launch the software A Double click the Control Center icon on the desktop or from the Start menu select Programs ScanSoft PaperPort 8 0 and then click Brother SmartUI POPUP How to turn off AutoLoad Left click the Control Center 7 icon and click Show 2 When the Control Center window appears left click the Smart Click Control Center button A dialog box will appear Pop Up Setting J AutoLoad Pop Up r Global Scanner Settings Faxing Filing and Copying Resolution 200x200 Color Mode Black amp White Scan Size Letter 8 5x11in Brightness j 3 Uncheck the AutoLoad Pop Up check box 14 2 USNGTHEBROTHER CONTROL CENTER FOR WINDOWS 59898SE ME 2000 PROFESSIONAL AND WINDOWS NT WS4 0 Brother Control Center features Auto C
206. matically load each time Windows is started When the Control Center is loaded the Control Center icon will appear in the task bar If you don t want the Control Center to load automatically you can tum AutoLoad off How to turn off Auto Load 1 Right click the Control Center icon in the Task Tray and select Show 2 The main SmatUl Control Center window appears Please look at the bottom of the window for a check box labeled AutoLoad Pop up SmartUl Hardware Section Software Section Scan Scan To File Copy one to one Brother PC FAX eal les Outlook Express p Copy two to one Scan To File Microsoft F Copy four to one Scan To File WordPad Microsoft Paint Scan To File MV AutoLoad Pop UP At your sid Brother MFC 8420 USB 3 Uncheck the AutoLoad Pop Up option to prevent the SmartUI from automatically loading every time Windows is started 15 2 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER Brother Control Center features The SmartUI control center gives you the ability to configure the hardware Scan key on your MFC such as Scan to File The Scan to File feature allows you to scan a document directly to your hard disk and choose the file format and destination folder without having to run any other applications Select which section you want by clicking on the appropriate tab Hardware Section Software Section Scan USING THE WINDOWS BASED BR
207. me but can achieve a finer scanned image The following table shows the resolution you can choose and the available colors Resolution Black amp White True Gray Gray 24 bit color Error Diffusion 24 bit color Fast 13 6 HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS Scan Type Black amp White Set the Scan Type to Black amp White for text or line art Gray Scale Set the Scan Type to Gray or True Gray for photographic images Colors Set either 256 Color which scans up to 256 colors or 24 bit color which scans up to 16 8 million colors Although using 24 bit color creates an image with the most accurate colors the image file will be approximately three times larger than a file created with 256 Color Brightness Adjust this settings 50 to 50 to obtain the best image The default value is 0 representing an average You can set the level by dragging the slide bar to the right or left to lighten or darken the image You can also type a value inthe box for the setting If the scanned image is too light set a lower brightness value and scan the document again If the image is too dark set a higher brightness value and scan the document again Contrast This setting is adjustable only when you have selected one of the gray scale settings Itis not available when Black amp Whiteand Color settings are selected as the Scan Type You can increase or decrease the contrast level by moving the slide bar to the left or right
208. message The most common error messages are shown below You can correct most problems by yourself If you need additional help call the Brother fax back system USA only In USA only 1 800 521 2846 ERROR MESSAGES ERROR CAUSE ACTION MESSAGE Change Drum The drum unit is near the end of its life Use the drum unit until you havea Soon print quality problem then replace thedrum unit with a new one The drum counter was not reset 1 Open the front cover and then press Clear Back 2 Press 1 to reset Check The orignals were notinserted or fed See Original jams on page 22 4 Original properly or original scanned from ADF was longer than about 36 inches 90cm Check Paper The MFC is out of paper or paper is not Refill the paper in the paper tray or Check Paper 1 properly loaded in the paper tray MP tray Check Paper 2 OR Remove the paper and load it again Check Paper MP Paper in the MP tray runs out Reload paper See To load paper or other media inthe multi purpose tray MP tray For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN on page 2 8 Check Paper When you see this error the paper in the paper Load the appropriate size paper or Size tray does not match the paper size you setin change the default setting See Menu 1 3 Setting the Mode Timeronpage 4 5 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 1 ERR OR MESSAGES ERROR CAUSE ACTION MESSAGE Check Scan The scanner lock is locked Release the scanner lock lever
209. mm Executive 7 25 x 10 5 inches Business Card 90 x 60 mm Custom user adjustable it from 0 35 x 0 35 in to 8 5 x 11 69 in or 8 9 x 8 9mm to 216 x 356 mm After you choose a custom size you can adjust the scanning area Click and hold the mouse button as you drag the mouse to crop the image Width Enter the width of the custom size Height Enter the height of the custom size Business Card Size To scan business cards select the Business Card size 90 x60 mm and place the business card at the center of scanner glass When you are scanning photographs or other images to use ina word processor or other graphics application it is a good idea to try diffe rent settings for the Contrast Mode and Resolution to determine which settings look the best 18 26 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH Adjusting the Image Brightness Adjust the Brightness setting to get the best image The Brother TWAIN Scanner driver offers 100 Brightness levels 50 to 50 The default value is 0 representing an average setting You can set the Brightness level by dragging the slide bar to the right to lighten the image or to the left to darken the image You can also type a value in the box to set the level Click OK If the scanned image is too light set a lower Brightness level and scan the image again If the image is too dark set a higher Brightness level and scan the image again Brightness Contrast Contrast You can only
210. n Location Avea Code OJ My Location 0161 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 21 5 The Fax Configuration Wizard starts Click Next Fax Configuration Wizard Welcome to Fax Configuration Wizard This wazaed helps you configure your commuter bo send and receve faxes To corrua ciek the Next button 6 Enter the sender information and then click Next Fax Configuration Wizard Sender Information Enter sender information that will appear on fax cover pages Your fullname Fax number E mail address Title Company Brother Office location Department Home phone Work phone Address Billing code Select Brother MFC 8420 or MFC 8820D in the Please select the fax device pull down list Click to select the Enable Receive check box Specify the number of rings before your MFC will attempt to answer the fax Click Next Fax Configuration Wizard Select Device for Sending or Receiving Faxes Select the device that you want to use to send or receive faxes Please select the fax device Brother MFC 8820D Enable Send Manual answer Automatically answer after 21 tings 17 22 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 8 Enter the Transmitting Subscriber Identification TSID and then click Next Fax Configuration Wizard Transmitting Subscriber Identification TSID Enter the Transmitting Subscriber Identification TSID to be used to identify your computer to a fax recipient The TSID i
211. n if your computer has a USB 1 1 interface you can connect the MFC SPECIFICATIONS S 5 Computer requirements Minimum System Requirements Avalable Hard Disk Space Computer Platform amp Operating Processor Recomm Minimum ended joker eee Speed RAM joker eee 1 Pentium 95 98 98SE 24 MB 32 MB Pentium 150MHz Operating NT Workstation 4 0 Papuan 80 MB 75MHz System System Version ae 233MHz OS 86 9 2 Printing Scanning and 32 MB 64 MB Apple PC FAX Serd Only Allbase Macintosh Mac OS X10 1 10 21 models meet 50 MB 200 MB Operating or greater Printing minimum System Scanring PC FAX Requirements 128MB 160MB Send and Remote Setup Only NOTE USB is notsupported under Windows 95 or Windows NT WS 4 0 All registered trademarks referenced herein are the property of their respective companies pame MB Pentium 2000 Professional 1383MHz i 64 MB 128 MB For the latestdrivers go to the Brother Solutions Center at htio solutions brother com a E Application software is different for Windows and Macintosh E Scanning is supported in 10 2 1 or greater S 6 SPECIFICATIONS Consumable items Toner Cartridge Life TN 530 Standard Toner Cartridge Up to 3 300 Expectancy pages TN 560 High Yield Toner Cartridge Up to 6 500 pages when printing letter size or A4 paper at 5 print coverage ee Toner life expectancy will vary depending upon the type of average print job
212. nation you want to send Press Set If the LCD prompts you to entera PIN Number enter the 4 digit PIN Number for the destination PC on the control panel Press Set The MFC will start the scanning process No Max 25 clients can be connected to one MFC ona Network For example if 30 clients try to connect at a time 5 clients will not be shown on the LCD 19 8 NETWORK SCANNING WINDOWS 98 98SE ME 2000 PROFESSIONAL AND XP ONLY Brother Network PC FAX software To use the MFC as a Network PC FAX the NC 9100h Network board should be installed into the MFC MFC 8820DN standard and configured with TCP IP and mail server settings if you use Scan to E mail E mail server See Using Brother PC FAX software on page 17 1 Enable Network PC FAX To use the MFC for Network PC FAX see Using Brother PC FAX software on page 17 1 A The items described below are specific items relating to the Network version of PC FAX software that is installed from the Optional network applications on the CD ROM supplied with your MFC Brother Network PC FAX can be configured through PC FAX Setup Sending tab Sending setup In order to use the full functionality of Network PC FAX it is strongly recommended that you enable the Network PC FAX Setup option on the Sending tab Brother PC FAX Setup Access the Sending Tab from the PC FAX dialog box by clicking kA OR From the Start menu select All programs Brother Brother
213. nd image items Converts all items regardless of the program in which the item was created for example converts all Word doc files and JPEG jpg files to the file type PaperPort image items max only Converts only PaperPort image items max files PaperPort does not convert other file types such as JPEG images and Word documenis File type lIdentifies the format in which to convert items for example JPEG or TIFF Combine items into single file if possible Combines all selected items into a single file that contains multiple pages This option is available only when the file type supports multiple pages such as multi page TIFF USING THE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER FOR WINDOWS 96 98 98SE ME2000 PROFESSIONAL AND WINDOWSNT WS40 14 11 Scan to OCR Word Processor Microsoft WordPad m Scanner Setting Modify Settings Word Processor z Word Processor Microsoft WordPad tt To access Scan to OCR Configurations screen 7 Place the original face up in the ADF The Brother Control Center screen will pop up 2 Right click the word processor application button and click on Configuration Click the Modify Settings button to view the configuration screen of the Control Center To save your settings click OK OR To go back to the factory default settings click the Restore Defaults button Scanner settings From the pull down list select the scanning mode thatis appropriate for the
214. ne anaceunree 15 14 NS OB r eee tec cece eeetoneenoneneesueseceaseee 15 14 CaN 10 File sa 15 15 SCAN 10 Bam alll erreiaren EEEE Er ERE 15 17 File attachments cccececsececseecsecesseeseaeaesesaneess 15 19 Scanner Settings ceccecceeseececseeseeeesneeaeeaeeseseneess 15 20 Scan to OCR Word Processing program 006 15 21 Scan to Graphics application example Microsoft Paint cccececesee esses ee aee en 15 23 COD stearate E eats 15 25 Fax setting PC Fax using the Brother Fax Driver 15 27 FAX SC INOS ac acvecpnst ceca tecceuninsneecureneaecuaraeennn ep in 15 28 Custom User defined buttons cccccceceeeeeseeeeneees 15 30 Customizing a user defined button 15 30 1 Select the Scan Acton c cece cece cere e eens 15 30 2 Select Configuration for the Scan Type 15 31 3 Select Scan Settings cccccecceesseeeeseeeeeeens 15 35 Xxi Using MFC Remote Setup cc ccceccsneecneceeneesneceeeaseneeeeenes 16 1 MFC Remote Setup cccccccsececececseeecseaesesesnesurseaenees 16 1 Using Brother PC FAX software ccscscuessseeesneesneeesnens 17 1 PC FAX sending cccninesvirimercnerccasanerweanondenstariwesmionimniasdeors 17 1 Setting up user INFOF MATION eccccneceeeecaeeesteeeenees 17 2 Sending SCUUD ce niesccncepnsincssnubiswetetemelnetel sihendasindbeawtenrs 17 3 Outside line ACCESS ccc cee ccc eecec
215. needed 3 Inthe Brother MFC 8820D Brother MFC 8820D USB or Brother MFC 8820D LAN Scanner Setup dialog box click the PreScan button The entire original will be scanned into the PC and will appear in the Scanning Area Scanning area 4 Select the portion you want to scan by clicking the left mouse button and dragging it 13 4 HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS ee You can enlarge the portion you selected by pressing QI to check it If you want to select the different portion use QI to undo the image 5 Place the original face up in the ADF again if you used the ADF in Step 1 6 Click Start This time only the selected area of the original will appear inthe PaperPor window or your software application window 7 inthe PaperPort window use the options available to refine the image HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 13 5 Settings in the Scanner window Image Type Select the image type of output from Photo Web or Text Resolution and Scan Type will be altered for each default setting The default settings are Image Type Resolution Scan Type Photo Select for scanning photo images 300 x 300 dpi 24 bit color Select for attaching the scanned 100x 100 dpi 24 bit color image to web pages Text Select for scanning text 200 x 200 dpi Black amp White documents Resolution You can change the scanning resolution from the Resolution drop down list Higher resolutions take more memory and transfer ti
216. nfigurations screen 7 Place the original face up in the ADF The Brother Control Center screen will pop up 2 Right click the E mail application button and click on Configuration Click the Modify Settings button to view the configuration screen of the Control Center 3 Tosave your settings click OK OR To go back to the factory default settings click the Restore Defaults button Scanner settings From the pull down list select the scanning mode thatis appropriate for the type of file Faxing Filing and Copying Text for OCR Photos Photos High Quality Photos Quick Scan Custom Draft Copy or Fine Copy To change any of the settings for this mode click Modify Settings 14 10 USNGTHE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER FOR WINDOWS 9599 98S EME 2000 PROFES SONAL AND WNDOWE NTE WS 40 E mail application E mail Application From the pull down list select your E mail application E mail Settings Click the E Mail Settings button to set up links The Send To Options window will appear Send To Options Outlook Express Program Links ltems are e mailed as file attachments I Include icon on Send To bar Cancel Help Send to Options Convert attachments to specified file type Converts items to the type in the File Type box Clear this check box to keep files in their source format for example to keep Word documents in the doc format and JPEG images in the jpg format All documents a
217. ng the Address Book You can export the whole Address Book to an ASCII text file csv Or if you wish you can select and create a Vcard that will be attached to that Members outgoing E mail A Vcard is an electronic business card that contains the senders contact information To export the whole current Address book If you are creating a Vcard you must first select the member If you select Vcard in Step 1 Save as type will be Vcard vcf 7 From the Address Book select File point to Export and then click Text OR Click Vcard and go to Step 5 2 From the Available Items column select the data fields you wish to Export and then click Add gt gt o4 Select the items in the order you want them listed 3 if you are exporting to an ASCII file select the Divide Character Tab or Comma This selects between a Tab or Comma to separate the data fields 17 10 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 4 Select OK to save the data Select Items Select items in the order you want them to be listed fou can select the separator character to be inserted between items Available Items Selected Items Name Title Company Department Add gt gt Job Title Street ddress City State Province Zip Code Post Code _ lt lt Bemove Country Region Business Phone Divide Character Tab Comma Cancel 5 Type the name of the file and then select Save Savein O My Documents i cm B
218. ng the Fax Activity Report Interval 9 2 Printing POD OMS onc in20ssncacrenosneantewecetaannosaenetonwoder a 9 3 TO print a rQPOrt eek c cee cceeeecsescseaesesesseaeaesesenssaneees 9 3 Making copies sassssnsunnnnunnnnnnnnunnnannnnnnnnnnnnn mnnn nn unnan n nannan 10 1 Using the MFC as a copier eee eccecceeeeseeeceenesneeeeeaeees 10 1 Enter Copy MOdG 0 ccecceccecaececsecereeseeaeseeaessesanes 10 1 Temporary COPY SeUINGS cecccceeeeeeeeereeeenenaees 10 2 Making a single copy from the ADF c csseee 10 3 Making multiple copies from the ADF 605 10 3 Single or multiple copies using the scanner glass 10 4 Out of Memory message cecceccecseeeeeseeseeeeeseeaees 10 5 Using the copy keys Temporary settings 6 06 10 6 Enlarge Reducee cc cccscsecseceerecseecesnecsnecesneseursesnes 10 7 Quality type Of OFiQiNal ccc ce cecseeseeeeecneeeeeeenees 10 8 Sorting copies using the ADF csccsseeeeeeees 10 9 COTES D a a oaceaahe oaumcuses tune 10 9 Tray eS Cl eraren EENE iS 10 10 Duple XING IN I reroncen 10 11 Duplex N in 1 CODY cccecceececeececeeceesecaeeeeaeeeeaeenes 10 12 N TEOD reoni ao E 10 12 POSO e E eieteattegniesn vest snes 10 13 Duplex 1 in 1 For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN 10 13 Duplex 2 in 1 and Duplex 4 in 1 For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN 10 15 Changing the defaul
219. nt Fax 3 8 ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING O O O E to accept Stop Exit e a a lt lt Cc e to exit Main Menu Menu Descriptions Selections 2 Fax O Miscellaneous 1 Mem Prohibits most Continued Security functions except receiving faxes into memory 2 Drum Life You can check the percentage of drum life that remains available Total Let you check Copy number of total Print pages the MFC has E R Ras printed so far 4 Distinctive Uses the Telephone Company s Distinctive Ring subscriber service to register the ring pattem with he MFC 5 Caller ID Display View or print a list of Print Report the last30 Caller IDs stored in the memory 3 Copy 1 Quality Selects the Copy resolutionfor your type of original 2 Contrast Adjusts the contrast for copies 4 Printer 1 Emulation Auto Selects the HP LaserJet Emulation mode BR Script 3 A The default settings are shown in Bold with x ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING 3 9 Stop Exit aeon lt lt Cc e to exit Menu Descriptio ns Selections 4 Printer 2 Print 1 Internal Prints a list ofthe Continued Options Font MF C s internal fonts or current printer 2 Configura tion settings Returns the MFC to the original factory default settings 3 Reset Printer 5 Print 1 Help List Reports 2 Auto Dial 3 Fax Activity 4 Transmission You can print these lists and reports ST 4 Fax
220. nter Locations Canada only For the location of a Brother authorized service center call 1 877 BROTHER BROTHER NUMBERS i Brother fax back system USA only Brother has installed an easy to use fax back system so you can get instant answers tocommon technical questions and product information for all Brother products This system is available 24 hours a day 7 days a week You can use and an Index of fax back subjects In USA only 1 800 521 2846 The Brother fax back system number has been preprogramming on One Touch Key 01 Ordering accessories and supplies For best quality results use only genuine Brother accessories which are available at most Brother retailers If you cannot find the accessory you need and you have a Visa MasterCard Discover or American Express credit card you can order accessories directly from Brother In the USA you can visit us online for a complete selection of the Brother accessories and supplies that are available for purchase In USA 1 888 879 3232 voice 1 800 947 1445 fax http www brothermall com In Canada 1 877 BROTHER voice Description Toner Cartridge TN 530 ee prints up to 3 300 pages TN 560 High yield prints up to 6 500 pages Do OoOO OOS Telephone Line Cord tA lIEEE 1284 Bi directional Cable F2A046 10 Power Protector for A C Power Phone QP D120 Line Surges and Voltage Spikes 2 outlets Power Protector for A C Power Phone FX120 Line Su
221. nual may result in hazardous invisible radiation exposure A WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Brother Industries Ltd may void the users authonty to operate the equipment Intemal laser radiation Max Radiation Power 5 mW Wave Length 760 810 nm Laser Class Class Illb Accordance with 21 CFR Part 1040 10 IMPORTANT INFORMATION 21 5 Important safety instructions N OF RWONH Read all of these instructions Save them for later reference Follow all warnings and instructions marked on the product Switch off before cleaning Do not use liquid or aerosol cleaners Use a damp cloth for cleaning Do not use this product near water Do not place this product on an unstable cart stand or table The product may fall causing serious damage to the product Slots and openings in the cabinet and the back or bottom are provided for ventilation to ensure reliable operation of the product andto protect it from overheating these openings must not be blocked or covered The openings should never be blocked by placing the product on a bed sofa rug or other similar surface This product should never be placed near or over a radiator or heater This product should never be placed in a built in installation unless proper ventilation is provided This product should be operated from the type of power source indicated on the label If you are not sure of the type of power available call your dealer or l
222. o E mail Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Color Mode Black amp White X Resolution 200 v Paper Size etter 8 5 x11 in Brightness 7 y i Darken Lighten Contrast i 0 100 Restore Defaults 15 20 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER Scan to OCR Word Processing program Scan to OCR converts the graphic page image data to text which can be edited by any word processor program You can change the default word processor program example Word Pad instead of Word and file type You can also choose another OCR software package besides the TextBridge OCR which is built into PaperPort To configure Scan to OCR right click on the WordPad button and select Configuration The Scan Action tab is set to OCR and should not be changed Scan to OCR To change the word processing application click on the Config uration Tab You can select the destination word processing application from the Application pull down list USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 21 Scan to OCR Scan action Configuration Scan Settings Application Microsoft WordPad X Link Preferences Famat Folder To change the program link preferences click the Link Preferences button Send To Options Microsoft WordPad Program Links Send Image ltem As File type windows write wri v Convert Image to Text with OCR PaperPort OCR
223. o On print appears somewhat lighter The default setting is Of 1 Press Menu 1 6 1 16 Ecology 2 Press or to selecton or n n HAVE OTT v Off 3 Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit GETTING STARTED 4 9 Sleep Time Setting the Sleep Time reduces power consumption by turning off the fuser inside the MFC while it is idle You can choose how long the MFC is idle from 00 to 99 minutes before it goes into sleep mode The timer is automatically reset when the MFC receives a Fax or PC data or makes acopy The factory setting is 05 minutes While the MFC is insleep mode you will see Sleep onthe LCD If you try to print or copy in sleep mode there will be a short delay while the fuser warms up to working temperature Press Menu 1 6 2 2 Use the dial pad to enter the length of time the MFC is idle before it goes into sleep mode 00 to 99 3 Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit A E f you want to turn sleep mode off press Secure and Job Cancel simultaneously in Step 2 E Ifthe MFC is in Sleep Mode when you change the Sleep Time the new setting will take effect the next time the MFC copies prints or is restarted Turning off the Scanner Lamp The scanner lamp stays on for 16 hours before automatically switching off to preserve the life of the lamp You can tum off the scanner lamp manually if you wish by pressing the d and keys simultaneously The scanner lamp will remain tumed off until the next time you use the scanning fea
224. o enter a character that is on the same key as the previous character press to move the cursor to the right before you press the key again GETTING STARTED 4 3 Special characters and symbols Press or 0 and then press or to move the cursor under the special character or symbol you want Then press Setto select it Press for space amp Press for lt gt A_ Press 0 for EAEEICEOO NOTICE For USA The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or electronic device to send any message via a telephone fax machine unless such messages clearly contain in a margin atthe top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the transmission the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business or other entity or other individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machines or such business other entity or individual In order to program this information into your MFC complete the steps described on page 4 2 Setting Tone and Pulse dialing mode For Canada only 1 Press Menu 0 4 04 Tone Pulse 2 Press or io select A Tone Pulse or Tone v Pales Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit 4 4 GETTING STARTED General Setup Setting the Mode Timer The MFC has three temporary mode keys on the control panel Fax Copy and Scan You canchange the number of seconds or minutes the
225. o the recipient You can scana black and white or color original and it will be sent with the E mail from the PC as an attachment A For Network Scanning the Brother Control Center SmartUI selections are used only for configuring the Scan button You will not be able to initiate a Network scan from the Brother Control Center SmartUl You can change the gt Scan configuration For Windows 98 98S E Me 2000 See Scan to E mailon page 14 10 to 14 11 For Windows XP See Hardware Section Changing the Scan to button configuration on page 15 5 to 15 9 7 Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Press gt Scan 3 Press gt or to select Scan to E mail Press Set 4 Press or to select PC Press Set OR If there isn t other selection go to Step 5 5 Press lt or to select the destination PC you want to use for E mailing your original Press Set If the LCD prompts you to entera PIN Number enter the 4 digit PIN Number for the destination PC on the control panel Press Set The MFC will start the scanning process 19 4 NETWORK SCANNING WINDOWS 98 98SE ME 2000 PROFESSIONAL AND XP ONLY Scan to E mail E mail server When you select Scan to E mail E mail server you can scan a black and white or color original and send it directly to an E mail address from the MFC Youroriginal is sent as an E mail attachment in a TIFF format for Black an
226. o the telephone line by means of a standard modular jack USOC RJ11C A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant See installation instructions for details The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result inthe devices not ringing in response to an incoming call In most but not all areas the sum of RENs should not exceed five 5 0 To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line as determined by the total RENs contact the local telephone company For products approved after July 23 2001 the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US AAAEQ TXXXX The digits represented by are the REN without a decimal point e g 06 is a REN of 0 6 For earlier products the REN is separately shown on the label IMPORTANT INFORMATION 21 1 If this equipment causes ham to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required But if advance notice isn t practical the telephone company will notify the customer as soon as possible Also yo
227. ocal power company Use only the power cord supplied with this MFC This product is equipped with a 3 wire grounded plug a plug having a third grounded pin This plug will only fit into a grounded power outlet This isa safety feature If you are unable to insert the plug into the outlet call your electrician to replace your obsolete outlet Do not defeat the purpose of the grounded plug 10 Do not allow anything to rest on the power cord Do not place this product where people can walk on the cord 17 if an extension cordis used with this product make sure that the total ampere ratings on the products plugged into the extension cord do not exceed the extension cord ampere rating Also make sure that the total of all products plugged into the wall outlet does not exceed 15 amperes USA only 12 Do not place anything infront of the MFC that will block received faxes Do not place anything in the path of received faxes 21 6 IMPORTANT INFORMATION 13 Wait until pages have exited the MFC before picking them up 14 Never push objects of any kind into this product through cabinet Slots since they may touch dangerous voltage points or short out parts resulting in the risk of fire or electric shock Never spill liquid of any kind on the product Do not attempt to service this product yourself because opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltage points and other risks and may void your warranty Refer all servi
228. ode to External TAD See Choosing the Receive Mode on page 5 1 Recording outgoing message OGM on an external TAD Timing is important in recording this message The message sets up the ways to handle both manual and automatic fax reception 1 2 E Record 5 seconds of silence at the beginning of your message This allows your MFC time to listen for the fax CNG tones of automatic transmissions before they stop Limit your speaking to 20 seconds End your20 second message by giving your Fax Receive Code for people sending manual faxes For example After the beep leave a message or send a fax by pressing 51 and Start We recommend beginning your OGM with an initial 5 second silence because the MFC cannot hear fax tones over a resonant or loud voice You may try omitting this pause but if your MFC has trouble receiving then you must rerecord the OGM to include it INTRODUCTION 1 18 Special line considerations Roll over phone lines A roll over phone system is a group of two or more separate telephone lines that pass incoming calls to each other if they are busy The calls are usually passed down or rolled over to the next available phone line in a preset order Your MFC can work in a roll over system as long as it is the last number in the sequence so the call cannot roll away Do not put the MFC on any of the other numbers when the other lines are busy and a second fax call is received the fax cal
229. ograms use the Menu table on page 3 4 A You can program your MFC by pressing Menu followed by the menu numbers For example to set Fax Resolution to Fine Press Menu 2 2 2 and o gt or io select Fine Press Set Memory Storage If there is a power failure you will not lose your menu settings because they are stored permanently Temporary settings Such as Contrast Overseas Mode and so on willbe lost You may also have to reset the date and time ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING 3 1 Navigation keys _ gt Access the menu Go to the next menu level Accept an option Cl ear Ba ck Exit the menu by pressing repeatedly Go back to the previous menu level Scroll through the current Clear Back Menu gt menu level O Go back to the previous menu level Go forward to the next menu level Stop Exit Exit the menu You can access the menu mode by pressing Menu When you enter the menu the LCD scrolls Press 1 for General Setup menu General Setup OR pra Press 2 for Fax menu COpy OR Printer a a Select AV amp Set Press 3 for Copy menu OR Press 4 for Printer menu 4 Printer OR 5 Print Reports Press 5 for Print Reports menu oa OR 0 Initial Setup a T Select AV amp Set Press 6 for LAN menu Only for MFC 8820DN or if the optional LAN board NC 9100h is installed OR Press 0 for Initial Setup menu OR You can scroll more
230. on of MFL Pro see Quick Setup Guide on page 38 follow the steps below For Windows 98 Me 2000 From the Start menu select Control panel Scanners and Cameras and then right click Scanner Device icon and select Properties to view the Network Scanner Properties dialog box For Windows XP From the Start menu select Control panel Printers and Other Hardware Scanner and Cameras or Control panel Scanners and Cameras NETWORK SCANNING WINDOWS 98 98SE M E 2000 PROFESSIONAL AND XP ONLY 19 1 iew Favorites Tools Help Q a JO search Folders E a lt P gt Brother MFC 8820D LAN Right click Scanner Device icon and select properties to view the Network Scanner Properties dialog box 2 Click the Network Setting tab in the dialog box and select a method to specify the MFC as a Network scanner for your PC Brother XXX XXXX LAN Properties Specify your MFC by address IP Address Specify your MFC by Name Node Name BRN_OOxx Browse Specify your MFC by address Enter the actual IP address of the MFC in the IP Address field Click Apply and then OK Specify your MFC by Name Enter the MFC Node name in the Node Name field Click Apply and then OK 19 2 NETWORK SCANNING WINDOWS 98 98SE ME 2000 PROFESSIONAL AND XP ONLY Search from a list of available device Click Browse and select the appropriate device you want to use Click OK Click Apply and then OK Search for MFC Devic
231. onfiguration During installation the Control Center will check your system to set up the default applications for E mail word processing and the graphics viewer editor For example if you are using Outlook as your default E mail application the Control Center will create a link and a scanning application button for Outlook You can change a default application Right click the appropriate Control Center button to display Configurations and then click it Select a different application For example you can change a scan button from MS Word Pad to MS Word by changing the application that is listed for the Word Processor Microsoft Worden Scanner Setting Text for OCR Modify Settings word Processor j Word Processor Microsoft WordPad bi Link Settings USING THE BROTHERCONTROL CENTER FOR WINDOWS 95 99 98S EME 200 PROFESSONAL ANDWINDOME NT WS 40 14 3 Scan key operations Scan to File Lets you scan directly to a file on your computer You can change the file type and directory for the document you are scanning Scan to E mai Lets you scan a picture or text document directly into an E mail application as a standard attachment Youcan choose the file type and resolution for the attachment Scan to OCR Word Processor Lets you scan a text document run ScanSoft TextBridge OCR and insert the text original not a graphic image into a word processing file You can c
232. option sends an additional page of information along with fax or E mail data which contains user and subject information The user has the choice of two user interfaces Simple style or Facsimile style To change the user interface select the interface setting you want Simple style or Facsimile style USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 3 Outside line access Ifyou need to enter a number to access an outside line enter it here This is sometimes required by a local PBX telephone system for example if you must dial 9 to get an outside line in your office Include header To add header information to the top of the fax pages you send check the Include header box Address Book file You can select more than one database file to use with the Address Book To select you must enter the path and file name of the database file OR Use the Browse button to find the database to select 17 4 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE User interface In the Sending tab select user interface You can choose the Simple Style or the Facsimile Style Simple style Brother PC FAX BEE a P To Clear Facsimile style brother Cover Page On P Speed Dial 1213 ioeoso40sc isic E B Pause WF Redial R 8 9 W clear L ise Book T O wo Baro USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 5 Speed Dial setup From the Brother PC FAX Setup dialog box click the Speed Dial tab To use this feature you must select the Facsim
233. optional memory board A WARNING E DO NOT touch the surface of the main board within 15 minutes after turning off the power E Before installing the optional memory board make sure there are no faxes in the memory Disconnect the telephone line cord turn the MFC power switch off unplug the MFC power cord from the AC outlet and then disconnect the interface cable A WARNING Tum the MFC power switch off before installing or removing the memory board 2 Remove the side cover Loosen the two screws and then remove the metal shield plate 3 Unpack the DIMM and hold it by the edges 23 2 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES A WARNING DIMM boards can be damaged by even a small amount of static electricity Do not touch the memory chips or the board surface Wear an antistatic wrist strap when you install or remove the board If you do not have an antistatic wrist strap frequently touch the bare metal on the printer 4 Hold the DIMM with your fingers on the side edges and your thumb on the back edge Line up the notches on the DIMM with the DIMM slot Check that the locks on each side of the DIMM slot are open or facing outwards 5 Press the DIMM straight into the slot press firmly Make sure the locks on each side of the DIMM click into place To remove a DIMM you must release the locks Putthe metal plate back on and secure the metal plate with th
234. otate images or open them with an image editing program of your choice E Annotation Add removable notes stamps and drawings to images E Treeview Window View and arrange your folder hierarchy for easy access E Thumbnail Window View files as thumbnails for easy identification 18 28 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH System requirements mM PowerPC processor mM System 8 6 9X 10 1 or greater E CD ROM drive E Hard disk drive with at least 120 MB of free disk space Recommended M 256 color or higher video adapter E Eudora Mail or Outlook Express electronic mail software Technical Support For USA Newsoft America Inc Postal Address 4113 Clip per Court Fremont CA 94538 USA Telephone 510 4458600 FAX 510 4458601 E mail Address contactus newsoftinc com URL http www newsoftinc com For Canada E mail Address contactus newsoftinc com USING YOUR MFC WITH AMACINTOSH 18 29 MFC Remote Setup Mac OS X The MFC Remote Setup application allows you to quickly set up your MFC by taking advantage of the ease and speed of programming on your Macintosh When you access this application the settings on your MFC will be downloaded automatically to your Macintosh and displayed on your computer screen If you change the settings you can upload them directly to the MFC A The MFC Remote Setup application icon is in Macintosh HD Library Printers Brother Utility Brother MFC Remote Setup Pro
235. other PC FAX Properties General Sharing Ports Ad d Cy Brother PC FAX Print to the following port s Documents will print to the first free checked port O LPT3 Printer Port O COM1 Serial Port O COM2 Serial Port C COM3 Serial Port O COM4 Serial Port Add Port Configure Por C Enable printer pooling Cancel Apply Select the Print to Following Port as illustrated above if Brother LPR Port is listed for your MFC you can just specify for Brother Network Fax to use this previously installed port If you have multiple Brother LPR ports please ensure that you select the correct port address If in any doubt please contact your Network Administrator A If the installer screen does not appear automatically select Start Run and type X setup exe X should be the drive letter of your CD ROM drive on your PC 20 4 BROTHER NETWORK PC FAX SOFTWARE Using the Brother Network PC FAX software The Brother Network PC FAX feature allows you to use your PC to send any application or document file as a standard fax You can create a file in any application on your PC and then send it asa Network PC FAX You can even attach a cover page note All you have to do is set up the receiving parties as Members or Groups in your PC FAX Address Book or simply enter the destination address orfax number into the User Interface You can use the Address Book Search feature to quickly find members to send your fax A
236. ou want to add to the cover page Select Cover Page Form Select the cover page format you want to use Import BMP file You can inserta bitmap file such as your company logo in the cover page Use the browse button to select the BMP file and then select the alignment style Count Cover Page When the Count Cover Page box is checked the Cover Page will be included in the page numbering When this box is not checked the Cover Page will not be included 17 14 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE Sending a file as a PC FAX using the Facsimile style Create a file in Word Excel Paint Draw orany other application on your PC 2 From the File menu select Print The Print dialog box will appear Select Printer Elada Printer E PaperPort Color ee Brother sii ag USB Printer 2 PaperPort Status C Print to file Location Saree Page Range All Number of copies Selection Current Page O Pages 1 65535 Collate Gpl pi pi Enter either a single page number or a single page range For example 5 12 3 Select Brother PC FAX as your printer and then click OK The Fax Sending dialog box will appear brother E Cover Page On P a ori a23 040150 oog n E Pause Redial R fa 8 Ey E Clear L EES Book D BOE o Gano USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 15 4 Enter the fax number using any of the following methods m Using the dial pad enter the number E Click any of the 10 Speed Dial
237. ough the ScanSoft PaperPort program group See Documentation for ScanSoft PaperPort on the CD ROM Samples 5 items The complete ScanSof PaperPort Users Guide including ScanSoft TextBridge OCR is in the documentation on the CD ROM This chapter is only an introduction to the basic operations When you install MFL Pro Suite ScanSof PaperPort for Brother and ScanSoft TextBridge OCR are installed with it automatically A If you are using Windows XP Windows NT 4 0 or Windows 2000 Professional we recommend that you are logged on with administrator nghts HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 13 19 Viewing items ScanSoft PaperPor provides several ways to view items Desktop View displays a thumbnail a small graphic that represents each item in a Desktop or folder Items in the selected folder appear onthe PaperPort Desktop You can see PaperPort items MAX files and non PaperPort items files created using other applications Non PaperPort items include an icon that indicates the application that was used to create the item a non PaperPort item is represented by a small rectangular thumbnail and not an actual image it View Item Tools Help E S p aa ia amp x 9 eo E Scan Get Search Folders Delete Undo Faxes Samples 5 items Desktop View displays items as thumbnails Page View displays a close up of asingle page and youcan open a PaperPort
238. out the MP tray support flap 5 When putting paper in the MP tray make sure it touches the back of the tray o4 Make sure thatthe paper is straight and in the proper position in the MP tray If it is not the paper may not be fed properly resulting in a skewed printout or a paper jam 6 While pressing the paper guide release lever slide the paper guide to fit the paper size o4 When you put paper in the MP tray please remember the following E During printing the inside tray rises to feed paper into the MFC m The side to be printed on must be face up m Put the leading edge top of the paper in first and push it gently into the tray USING THE MFC AS A PRINTER 11 9 Send the print data to the MFC 8 When you have finished the print job close the back output tray Caution Remove each sheet immediately after printing Stacking the sheets may cause a paper jam or the paper to curl 11 10 USING THE MFC ASA PRINTER Printing on envelopes To print on envelopes use manual feed tray or multi ourpose tray A E The MFC automatically turns on the Manual Feed mode when you put paper in the manual feed tray E All sides should be properly folded without any wrinkles or creases Select the Paper Size Media Type Paper Source and other settings in the printer driver Media Type Envelope Env thin or Env thick For MFC 8420 2 Open the back output tray 3 Open the manual feed tray Slid
239. over Page and note click the Cover Page Oncheck box A You can also click the E icon to create or edit a cover page 6 When you are ready to send your fax click the Send icon f you wish to cancel the fax click the Cancel S icon USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 17 Setting up PC FAX receiving Windows 95 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional and Windows NT WS 4 0 only Running PC FAX Receiving From the Start menu select Programs Brother Brother MFL Pro Suite and then select PC FAX Receiving The PC FAX Amam icon will appear on your PC Task bar for this Windows session Setting up your PC Right click the PC FAX SAn icon on your PC Task Bar and then click PC Fax RX Setup 2 The PC Fax RX Setup dialog box will appear PC Fax RX Setup X Ring Delay fi Save file to C PROGRAM FILESSBROTHERS Browse File Format max Default Required for use with PaperPort tif j i Play Wave He When re Ewing mee Wave File Browse I Add to Startup folder Cancel In Ring Delay select the number of rings before you want your PC to answer Incoming calls In Save file to use the Browse button if you want to change the path where PC FAX files will be saved s In File Format select tif or max for the format the received document will be saved in The default format is tif If you want to you can check the Play wave file when receiving FAX check box and then enter the
240. owing precautions when handling the board E Leave the NC 9100h in its anti static bag until you are ready to install it E Make sure that you are adequately grounded before touching the NC 9100h Use an anti static wrist strap and a grounding mat if possible If you do not have an anti static wrist strap touch the bare metal surface on the back of the machine before handling the NC 91 00h E Avoid moving around the work area in order to eliminate static charge build up E If possible do not work on a carpeted area E Do not flex the board and do not touch the components on the card Tools Required Phillips Screwdriver amp B Step 1 Hardware installation A WARNING DO NOT touch the surface of the main boards within 15 minutes after tuming off the power Disconnect the telephone line cord tum the MFC power switch off unplug the MFC power cord from the AC outlet and then disconnect the interface cable OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 23 5 A WARNING Tum the MFC power switch off before installing or removing the NC 91 00h board 2 Remove the side cover Loosen the two screws and then remove the metal shield plate Cover Plate 23 6 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 4 Plug the NC 91 00h into connector P1 located on the main board as shown in the illustration press firmly and secure the NC 9100h with the two screws fh P
241. page 10 15 For2 in 1 P 2 in 1 L 4 in 1 P or4 in 1 L you can not use the Enlarge Reduce setting Poster You can make a poster size copy ofa photograph You must use the scanner glass Place the original face down on the scanner glass 2 Press Duplex N in 1 and or to select Poster Press Set 3 Press Start The MFC starts scanning the original and prints the pages for the poster o4 For Poster copies you cannot make more than one copy or use the Enlarge Reduce setting Duplex 1 in 1 For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN Make a double sided copy from a single sided original gt ib 2 Press Copy to illuminate itin green Place the original face up in the ADF or face down the scanner glass Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want up to 99 Press Duplex N in 1and lt or to sdect Duplex 1 in 1 Press Set Q N MAKING COPIES 10 13 4 5 7 8 Press or to select Portraitl Portrait2 Landscapel Or Landscape2 Press or amp to select Single Sided for the original If you are using the scanner glass or changed the number of copies at Step 2 this option will not appear Press Set Press Start to scan the original If you placed the original in the ADF the MFC starts printing OR If you placed the original on the scanner glass go to Step 7 Select 1 and press Setor press 1 to copy next page After all the pages of the original have b
242. paper in first and push it gently into the tray PAPER 2 9 To use Automatic Duplexing for fax copy and print operations For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN If you want to print on both sides of the paper using the Duplex feature for fax copy or print you will need to set the Paper Adjustment Lever to the size of paper you are using This feature is available for A4 Letter or Legal size paper See Setting Duplex printing for Fax mode For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN on page 5 10 Duplex N in 1 on page 10 11 and Two sided printing Duplex Printing on page 11 3 7 Load paper in the Paper Tray or Multi purpose Tray 2 Set the Paper Adjustment Lever for Duplex Printing in the back of the MFC to match your paper size 3 Your MFC is now ready to print two sided pages 2 10 PAPER On screen programming User friendly programming Your MFC is designed to be easy to use with LCD on screen programming using the navigation keys User friendly programming helps you take full advantage of all the menu selections your MFC has to offer Since your programming is done on the LCD we have created step by step on screen instructions to help you program your MFC All you need to do is follow the instructions as they guide you through the menu selections and programming options Menu table You can probably program your MFC without the Users Guide But to help you understand the menu selections and options that are found in the MFC pr
243. per ality Tray Selection Paper Source Automatically Select Automatically Select Auto Select 12 20 PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS Advanced Options o4 If you are using Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 or XP you can access the Brother MFC 8820D BR Script3 Advanced Optionstab by clicking Advanced button in the Layout tab or the Paper Quality tab Brother MFC 8820D BR Script3 Advanced Options B E Paper Output Paper Size Print Quality 600dpi 2 Scaling 100 TrueType Font Substitute with Device Font fe Document Options Advanced Printing Features Enabled Media Type Plain Paper 3 Toner Save OFF BR Script Level 3 Select the Paper Size and Copy Count 2 Set the Print Quality Scaling and TrueType Font setting 3 You can change settings by selecting the setting in the Printer Features list Mm Media Type E Toner Save E BR Script Level PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS 12 21 How to scan using Windows ed The scanning operations and drivers will be different depending on your operating system For Windows 95 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional and Windows NT Workstation 4 0 The MFC uses a TWAIN Compliant driver for scanning documents from your applications See Scanning a document TWAIN complianton page 13 1 For Windows XP The MFC uses Windows Imaging Acquisition WIA for scanning documents See Scanning a document For Windows XP only on page 13 10 ey For
244. phone answering device directly to your MFC as shown in the diagram below Connect the modular plug on the telephone s line cord to the jack labeled EXT in the back of the MFC Whenever this phone or TAD is in use the LCD shows Telephone 1 15 INTRODUCTION Connecting an external telephone answering device TAD Sequence You may choose to connect an answering device However when you have anexternal TAD on the same telephone line as the MFC the TAD answers all calls and the MFC listens for fax calling CNG tones If ithears them the MFC takes over the call and receives the fax If it doesn t hear CNG tones the MFC lets the TAD continue playing your outgoing message so your caller can leave you a voice message The TAD must answer within four rings the recommended setting is two rings The MFC cannot hear CNG tones until the TAD has answered the call and with four rings there are only 8 to 10 seconds of CNG tones left for the fax handshake Make sure you carefully follow the instructions in this guide for recording your outgoing message Wedo not recommend using the toll saver feature on your external answering machine if it exceeds five rings A If you do not receive all your faxes reduce the Ring Delay setting on your external TAD A If You Subscribe to your Telephone Company s Distinctive Ring Service You may connect an external TAD to a separate wall jack only if you subscribe to your
245. printed on two pages or f you get an or bank pages additional blank page your Paper Size setting maynot be correct for the paper you are using See Typeand size of paper on page 2 1 Make sure that auto reduction function setting is tumed on See Printing a reduced incoming fax Auto R eduction on page 5 5 Phone Line or Connections Dialing does notwork Check for a dal tone Change Tone Pulse setting See Setting Tone and Pulse dialing mode For Canada only on page 4 4 Check all line cord connections Check power cordcomection Send amanual faxby pressing Hook or bylifting the external handset and dialing the number Waitto hear fax receiving tones before pressing Start The MFC does not answer Make sure the MFC is inthe correctreceiving moce foryour setup See when called Basic sending operations on page 6 6 Check for a dial tone If possible call your MFC to hear it answer Ifthere is still no answer check the telephone line cord connection Ifthere is no ringing when you call your MFC ask your telephone company to check the line Sending Faxes Poor sending quality Try changing your resolutionto Fine orS Fine Makea copy to check your MFC s scanner operation If copy quality is not good clean the scanner See Cleaning the scanner on page 22 25 Transmission Verification There is probably temporary noise or static onthe line Try sending the Report says RESULT NG or fax again If you send aPC FAX message
246. pull down box and click Update When Auto Select default paper source is set in the Basic tab of the printer driver see Basic tab on page 12 2 the printer driver will automatically use the Paper Source Setting to select a tray that matches the Paper Size setting in the printer driver Default Source The Default Source allows you to choose the paper source that wil be used when the paper size of the document being sent does not match the Paper Source settings amp Brother MFC 8820D Printer Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Security Accessories Available Options Installed LT 5000 Add Paper Source Setting Paper Size undefined MP Tray undefined Paper Size undefined Default Source Auto Select Available Options In order to access the optional 2nd paper tray the option must be installed in the driver Highlight the model number from the Available Options list and click Add The optional tray will then be listed in the Installed box Paper Source Setting list and the screen illustration will display the 2nd tray LT 5000 Tray2 PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS 12 15 Support tab The Support Tab provides driver version and setting information In addition there are links to the Brother Solutions Center and the Driver Update Web sites Click the Support tab to display the following screen Printing Preferences Basic Advanced Support Printe
247. quickly through each menu level by pressing the arrow for the direction you want or P 3 2 ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING Then set an option by pressing Set when that option appears onthe LCD The LCD will then show the next menu level Press or to scroll to your next menu selection Press Set When you finish setting an option the LCD shows Accepted a Use to scroll backward if you passed your choices or want to save keystrokes The current setting is always the option with ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING 3 3 Menu To access the menu press Q Menu O O O O a to accept gt a ee Soe Menu Descriptions Selections 1 General 1 Mode Timer Sets how long the Setup MF C will stay in Copy or Scan mode before retuming to Fax mode 2 Paper Type 1 MP Tray Thin Sets the type of MFC 8820D Plain paper in the and Thick Multi purpose tray MFC 880DN Thicker Transparency 2 Tray 1 Thin Sets the type of This menuonly Plain paper in paper appearsifyou Thick ray 1 have the Thicker optional tray 2 aneparency 3 Tray 2 Thin Sets the type of option Plain paper in paper Thick ray e Thicker Transparency Stop Exit 3 Paper Size 1 Tray 1 A4 Sets the size of paper This menuonly Lett er in paper tray 1 appearsifyou Legal have the Executive optional tray 2 AS A6 B5 B6 2 Tray 2 A4 Sets the size of paper option Letter in paper tray 2 Legal Exe
248. r Reinsert the paper firmly load one sheet at a time Make sure that from the manual feed tray manual feed mode or MP mode is selected in the printer driver How can load envelopes You canload envelopes from the manual feed or MP tray Your application software must be set up to print the envdope size you are using This is usually doneinthe Page Setup or Document Setup menu of your software Refer to your software application manual What paper can use You can use plainpaper envelopes transparencies and labels that are made for laser machines For information on paper you canuse see Printer operation keys onpage 11 16 How can clear paper jams See Paper jams on page 22 6 22 16 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE DIFFICULT Y SUGGESTIONS Print Quality Difficulties Printed pages are curled Thin or thick paper below the standard can cause this problem Make sure you select the Paper Type thatsuits the media type you use See Setting the Paper Typeon page 4 5 and Media Type on page 12 4 Printed pages are smeared The Paper Type setting may be incorrect for the type of print media you are using OR The print media may be too thick or have a rough surface See Seting the Paper Type on page 4 5 and Media Typeon page 12 4 Printouts are too light Set Toner Save modeto offinthe Advance tab in the printer driver See Toner Savem page 12 6 Network Difficulties cannot print over the Network Make sur
249. r Driver brother Brother Solutions Center HMFC 8820D Connect directly to the Brother Solutions Center Web solutions brother com site for up to date information on printer drivers user guides white Version 0 10 for windows 2000 2P papers and other documentation available for your Brother printer 05 Dec 2002 Brother Industries Ltd 1993 2003 x EEE All rights Reserved Check Setting Brother Solutions Center The Brother Solutions Center is a Web site offering information about your Brother product including FAQs Frequently Asked Questions User Guides Driver Updates and Tips for using your MFC Web Update Web Update checks the Brother web site for updated drivers and automatically downloads and updates the printer driver on your computer Check Setting The Check Setting selection displays a list of your current driver settings 12 16 PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS Features in the PS printer driver For Windows The Windows 95 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional XP and Windows NT 4 0 utilizes BR Script 3 PostScripf 3 language emulation driver You can download the latest diver by accessing the Brother Solutions Center at http solutions brother com To install the PS driver If you have already installed the printer driver following the instruction in the Quick Setup Guide insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive on your PC and click Install Software Choose MFL Pro Suite andfollow the on screen
250. r MFC and fax it to Brothers Automated Fax Response System as your first transmission This will check that your MFC is working properly To get a response you must have set up your Station ID See Setting the Station ID on page 4 2 In USA Only 1 877 268 9575 When your Test Sheet is received a Confirmation Sheet and Product Registration form will be sent back to your MFC Please fill in the form and retum it to complete your registration On Line Registration USA and Canada Insert the MFL Pro Suite CD ROM into your CD ROM drive 2 Click Online Registration to register your product INTRODUCTION 1 2 MFC part names and operations E Front view 5 Automatic Document Feeder ADF 6 ADF Document Support Extension 4 Control Panel 7 ADF Document Output Support 3 Face down Output Tray Flap Sup port Flapwith Extension 8 Document Cover 2 Front Cover Release Button 1 MFC 8420 Manual Feed Tray MFC 8820D and MFC 8820D Mu tti purpose Tray MP Tray 9 Power Switch 10 Front Cover Re Name Desorption MF C 8420 Manual Feed Tray Load paper here MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN Multi purpose Tray MP Tray 2 Front Cover Release Button Press it to open the front cover Face down Output Tray Support Flap Unfold it to prevent the printed paper with Extension Support Flap from sliding off the MFC Control Panel Use the keys and display to control the MFC Automatic Document Feed
251. r Usage Print to printer lt lt unspecified gt gt Select a PostScript Printer Description File With Printer Driver LaserWriter 8 7 amp Printer Descriptions lt Macintosh H E Printer Model Brother MFC 8820D BR Script3 5 Click Change in the USB Printer Selection Select Brother MFC 8820D and then click OK Untitled 1 r PostScript Printer Description PPD File Auto Setup Brother MFC 88200 USB Printer Selection USB Printer Select a USB Printer Desktop Printer Usage Print to printer MFC 8820D With Printer Driver LaserWriter 8 Model MFC 8820D 18 10 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 6 Click Create Untitled 1 PostScript Printer Description PPD File Auto Setup Brother MFC 8820D USB Printer Selection Brother MFC 8820D Desktop Printer Usage Print to printer MFC 8820D With Printer Driver LaserWriter 3 ES MFC 8820D amp Macintosh Save desktop printer as 8 Select Quit from the File menu i Tee Edit Help Close WwW Save a6 5 Save As Revert USING YOUR MFC WITH AMACINTOSH 18 11 10 Select Set Default Printer from the Printing menu File Edit View Special pailit E Help Start Print Queue Set Default Pinter aL For Mac
252. r the phone to be disconnected before you hang up the LCD shows Receiving Your caller will have to press Start to send the fax For FAX TEL mode only When the MFC is in FAX TEL mode it will use the F T Ring Time pseudo double ringing to alert you to pick up a voice call Lift the external telephone s handset and then press Hook to answer If you re at an extension phone you ll need to lift the handset during the F T Ring Time and then press 51 between the double rings If noone is on the line or if someone wants to send you a fax send the call back to the MFC by pressing 51 SETUP RECEIVE 5 7 Using acordless external handset If your cordless telephone is connected to the EXT jack of the MFC and you typically carry the cordless handset elsewhere itis easier to answer calls during the Ring Delay If you let the MFC answer first you willhave to go to the MFC so you can press Hook to transfer the call to the cordless handset Changing the remote codes Remote Codes might not work with some telephone systems The preset Fax Receive Codeis 51 The preset Telephone Answer Code is 51 ee If you are always disconnected when accessing your external TAD remotely try changing the Fax Receive Code and Telephone Answer Code to another three digit code Such as and 999 7 If itis not illuminated in green press Fax 2 Press Menu 2 1 4 21 Setup Receive 3 Press or to select On or A a a Code Off v
253. rayS cccsceceees 2 3 Paper specifications for each paper tray 2 4 HOW to load PAP l ccc cccececceecsecerececnecereecseateeeeseaeas 2 5 To load paper or other media in the paper tray 2 5 To load paper or other media in the manual feed tray For MFC 8420 cc ccc cccececeeec eee eceeaesneceeseeaeeeeas 2 7 To load paper or other media in the multi purpose tray MP tray For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN 2 8 To use Automatic Duplexing for fax copy and print operations For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN 605 2 10 On screen programming ns scececceeceeeeceeeaeeneenea sense enecaneeeanensss 3 1 User friendly programming ccsccccsecscsecaeeeeaeeesteeeeseeess 3 1 M nu tablo eserdi a 3 1 Memory Storage ccccceseececeeceesecaeseenecesneeseeeeseeeen 3 1 Navigation keys cccsecessecsceeceeeeseeseaeseeaeseceeeesseateeasneness 3 2 Getting started sssisednsisana adaa Ea 4 1 mA SetU eian EE ERNEA 4 1 Setting the Date and TIMGE cccecceeeeeeseceeeeeeeeees 4 1 Setting the Station ID ccc ccecceccecaeeeeaeeesteeeeneeees 4 2 ENntenng CO XE seisne aT 4 3 Inserting Spaces cc eceec esse eeseeenecaneeseneesseaeaese eas 4 3 Making corrections ccececeececeeceseeeeneeeeneeaeeeneeeens 4 3 Repeating letters cccsecseeesseceenereesseeeaeseeas 4 3 Special characters and symbols ccsceeseeeen 4 4 Setting Tone
254. rd indicated in this manual IMPORTANT INFORMATION 21 7 Trademarks The Brother logois a registered trademark of Brother Industries Ltd Brother is a registered trademark of Brother Industries Ltd Multi Function Link is a registered trademark of Brother International Corporation Copyright 2003 Brother Industries Ltd All rights reserved Windows Microsoft and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft in the U S and other countries Macintosh QuickDraw iMac and iBook are trademarks orregistered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Postscript and Postscript Level 3 are registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated PaperPort and TextBridge are registered trademarks of ScanSoft Inc Presto PageManager is a registered trademark of NewSoft Technology Corporation Each company whose software title is mentioned in this manual has a Software License Agreement specific to its proprietary programs All other brand and product names mentioned in this User s Guide are registered trademarks of their respective companies 21 8 IMPORTANT INFORMATION Troubleshooting and routine maintenance Troubleshooting IMPORTANT For technical help you must call the country where you bought the MFC Calls must be made from within that country Error messages As with any sophisticated office product errors may occur If this happens your MFC identifies the problem and displays an error
255. re Section Changing the Scan to button configuration on page 15 5 to 15 10 A For Network Scanning the Brother Control Center SmartUl selections are used only for configuring the Scan button You will not be able to initiate a network scan from the Brother Control Center SmartUl 7 Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Press Scan 3 Press or p to select Scan to Image Press Set 4 Press or to select a destination you want to send Press Set If the LCD prompts you to entera PIN Number enter the 4 digit PIN Number for the destination PC on the control panel Press Set The MFC will start the scanning process 19 6 NETWORKSCANNING WINDOWS 98 98SE ME 2000 PROFESSIONAL AND XP ONLY Scan to OCR When you select Scan to OCR your original will be scanned and sent directly to the PC you designated on your network The Brother SmartUl will activate ScanSoft TextBridge and convert your original into text for viewing and editing from a word processing application on the designated PC You can change the Scan configuration For Windows 98 Me 2000 See Scan to OCR Word Processor on page 14 12 to 14 13 For Windows XP See Hardware Section Changing the Scan to button configurationon page 15 5 to 15 11 A For Network Scanning the Brother Control Center SmartUl selections are used only for configuring the Scan button You will not be able to initiate a
256. red by this warranty either stage you will be charged for shippin e Machine and or accompanying Consumable and ccessory Items back to you The foregoing are your sole i e only and exclusive remedies under this warranty What happens when Brother elects to replace your Machine When a replacement Machine is authorized by Brother and you have delivered the Machine to an Authorized Service Center the Authorized Service Center will provide you with a replacement Machine after receiving one from Brother If you are dealing directly with Brother Brother will send to you areplacement Machine with the understanding that you wil after receipt of the replacement Machine supply the required proof of purchase information together with the Machine that Brother agreed toreplace Youare then expected to pack the Machine that Brother agreed to replace in the package from the replacement Machine and retum it to Brother using the pre paid freight bill supplied by Brother in accordance with the instructions provided by Brother Since you will be in possession of two machines Brother will require that you provide a valid major credit card number Brother will issue a hold against the credit card account number that you provide until Brother receives your original Product and determines that your original Product is entitled to warranty coverage Your credit card will be charged up to the cost of a new Product only if i you do not retum your
257. review click Start to scan the image Insert the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Click PreScan The whole image will be scanned into your Macintosh and will appear in the Scanning Area of the Scanner dialog box 3 Toscana portion of the prescanned image click and drag the mouse to crop it Scanning Area CL Es LL econ PREITY 22 4 insert original in the ADF if you are using ADF 5 Make your adjustments to the settings for Resolution Color Type Gray Scale Brightness Contrast and Size in the Scanner Setup dialog box 6 Click Start This time only the cropped area of the original will appear inthe Scanning Area 7 in your editing software you can refine the image USING YOUR MFC WITH AMACINTOSH 18 23 Settings in the Scanner window Image Resolution From the Resolution pop up menu choose the scanning resolution Higher resolutions use more memory and transfer time but produce a finer scanned image SS Brother MELPro Scanner 100x 100 dpi i Image 150x 150 dpi Resolution EA E N 300 x 300 dpi 400 x 400 dpi 600 x 600 dpi 1200 x 1200 dpi Width 2400 x 2400 dpi Scanning Area ccc Color Type Scanning Areg ee 4800 x 4800 dpi Height 9600 x 9600 dpi Unit jo mm Cinch 18 24 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH Color Type Black amp White
258. rface Connector Connect the Parallel Cable here External Telephone Line Jack Plug in the modular plug on the external telephone line here INTRODUCTION 1 4 mM Inside view Document cover open 24 Document Cover 25White Film 23Scanner Lock Lever 22 Glass Strip 21 Document Guidelines Ne Name Description 21 Document Guidelines Use to center the original on the scanner glass Glass Strip This is used to scan the original when using the ADF a Scanner Lock Lever Use to lock unlock the scannerwhen relocating the MFC 24 Document Cover Open to place the original on the scanner glass 25 White Film Clean it for good quality copying and scanning 26 Scanner Glass Place the original to be scanned here 1 5 INTRODUCTION Control panel overview MFC 8420 MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN have similar control panel keys INTRODUCTION 1 6 e Shift of Secure Job Cancel o eheHzemepe eo Tle 9 C2 e 0 0 ooo ooo X Hook Resolution 2 Search Redial X Speed Dial Pause EEO O QOC Shift To access memory locations 21 through 40 in the One Touch keys hold down the Shift key One Touch keys These 20 keys give you instant access to 40 previously stored dial numbers Print keys Secure Lets you print out data saved in memory by enterin
259. rges a ae Spikes 8 outlets ee Network LAN so Salon NC O100h Brother Print Fax Server 10 100 Base TX Ethemet Network User s Guide LE88 81001 English for USA Canada pense leeson reren toroa oa Quick Setup Guide LE8883001 English for USA ma Canada esas leren For oana o li ORDERING ACCESSORIES AND SUPPLIES Notice Disclaimer of Warranties USA and Canada BROTHER S LICENSOR S AND THEIR DIRECTORS OFFICERS EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS COLLECTIVELY BROTHER S LICENSOR MAKE NO WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE REGARDING THE SOFTWARE BROTHER S LICENSOR S DOES NOT WARRANT GUARANTEE OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS REGARDING THE USE OR THE RESULTS OF THE USE OF THE SOFTWARE IN TERMS OF ITS CORRECTNESS ACCURACY RELIABILITY CURRENTNESS OR OTHERWISE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE RESULTS AND PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE IS ASSUMED BY YOU THE EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES IS NOT PERMITTED BY SOME STATES IN THE USA AND SOME PROVINCES IN CANADA THE ABOVE EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU IN NO EVENT WILL BROTHER S LICENSOR S BE LIABLE TO YOU FORANY CONSEQUENTIAL INCIDENTALOR INDIRECT DAMAGES INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION AND THE LIKE ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE EVEN IF BROTHER S LICENSOR HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
260. right click on the button and then click Configuration The configuration window will appear You have four function choices Application File OCR and Email Application This setting will link the Control Panel button to any button which appears on the PaperPort Send to Bar Please see the PaperPort help file for more information regarding PaperPort compatible applications File This setting allows you to save a scanned image to any directory on local or network hard disk You can also select the file format to be used OCR Scanned documents will be converted to editable text files If you have a third party OCR software package installed on your PC you can select it The default OCR software is TextBridge which is built into PaperPort 8 0 You can also select the destination word processor and file format for the editable te xt E mail Scanned images will be attached to an email message You can choose which E mail package to use if you have more than one installed on your system You can also select the file type for the attachment and create a quick send list of E mail addresses chosen from your default E mail address book Customizing a user defined button To configure a Custom button right click on the button and then click Configuration Please follow the following guide lines for Custom Button configuration 1 Select the Scan Action Select the type of scan by clicking the appropriate button 15 30 USING THE WINDOWS BASE
261. rint head toner and drum or damage caused by accident neglect misuse or improper installation or operation any damage caused from service maintenance modifications or tampering by anyone other thana Brother Authorized Service Representative or from the use of supplies or consumable items that are non Brother products Operation of the MFC Facsimile machine in excess of the specifications or with the Serial Number or Rating Label removed shall be deemed abuse and all repairs thereafter shall be the sole liability of the end user purchaser In order to obtain warranty service the MFC Facsimile machine must be delivered or shipped freight prepaid by the end user purchaser to a Brother Authorized Service Center together with your Proof of Purchase in the fom of a Sales Receipt For laser products Failure to remove the Toner Cartridge and Toner Drum Unit on ap plicable models during shipping will cause severe damage to the MFC Facsimile and will VOID the Warranty Referto your Operation Manual for proper packaging For ink jet products Do not remove the ink cartridges during shipping Damage to your print head resulting from packing without the ink cartridges will VOID your warranty Refer to your Operation Manual for proper packaging BROTHER DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY
262. rogram You have the option of selecting the destination word processing program such as WordPad MS Word Word Perfect or whichever word processing program is installed on your computer 4 Scan to Graphic Application Default MS Paint enables you to scan a page directly into any graphic viewer editor application You can select the destination application such as MS Paint Corel PhotoPaint Adobe PhotoShop or any kind of image editor application you already have installed on your computer Copy Copy Copy one to one allows you to use the PC and any Windows printer driver for enhanced copy operations You can scan the page on the MFC and print the copies using any of the features of the MFC printer driver OR you can direct the copy output to any standard Windows printer driver installed on the PC including network printers Four Two to One Copy enables you to use the Four Two on One page features of the Brother printer driver to copy four two original pages onto a single output page USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 13 Fax Send a Fax Brother PC FAX enables you to scan a page or document and automatically send the image as a fax from the PC using the Brother PC FAX software Custom Scan to File These buttons have been pre programmed for the Scan to File feature You can change the configuration of each of these buttons to meet your specific requirements by right clicking on
263. rt s built in OCR application or you can use your own OCR application E E Ye mY F You can Import items from other applications In addition to scanning items you can bring items into PaperPort in a variety of ways and convert them to PaperPort MAX files in several different ways m Print to the Desktop View from another application such as Microsoft Excel E Import files saved in other file formats such as Windows Bitmap BMP or Tag Image File Format TIFF 13 22 HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS You can Export items in other formats You can export or save PaperPor items in several popular file formats such as BMP JPEG TIFF or self viewing For example to create a file for an Internet Web site export itas a JPEG file Web pages often use JPEG files for displaying images Exporting an image file Select the Save As command from the File pull down menu in the PaperPort window The Save XXX XX as dialog box will be displayed 2 Select the drive and directory where you want to store the file 3 Enter the new file name and choose the file type or select a name from the File Name text box You can scroll through the Directories and File Name listing for prompting 4 Select the OK button to save your file or Cancel to return to the PaperPor without saving it HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 13 23 How to Uninstall PaperPort and ScanSoft TextBridge For Windows 95 98 98SE and
264. ry orsecondary server Automatically allocates the IP address from the link local address range A The default settings are shown in Bold with x ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING 3 11 Stop Exit aeon lt lt Cc e to exit Menu Descriptio ns Page Selections 1 Mail 60 Enter the mail E 8820DN Address characters address or option 2 SMTP Server 000 255 Enter the SMT P 000 255 server address 000 255 000 255 000 255 Enter the POP3 000 255 server address 4 Is 3POP3 Server 000 255 000 255 4 Ma ilbox up to 20 Pa mail box Na me characters 5Mailbox Pwd Password Enter the password to login to the POP3 server o4 The default settings are shown in Bold with x 3 12 ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING O O O E to accept Stop Exit ap lt 8 one Soe 8 to exit Menu Descriptions Page Selections 6 LAN 3 Se tup Mail 1 Auto On Automatically checks option RX Polling Off the POP3 server for Continued new messages 2 Poll j Sets the interval for Frequency checking for new messages on the POP3 server 3 Header All Selects the contents Subject From of the mail header to To be printed None 4Del Error On Deletes error mails Mail Off automaicaly 5 Notificatio On Sends notification messages 4 Se tup Mail 1Sender Displays the subject TX Subj ect thatis attached tothe QD HOM Intemet Fax data 2 Size Limit
265. s menu A 1 Yes y 2 No OR Press 2 if you have finished choosing settings and go to the next step Contrast If your original is very light or very dark you may want to set the contrast Use Light to make the fax darker Use Dark to make the fax lighter if itis not illuminated in green press Fax Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Press Menu 2 2 1 22 Setup Send 3 Press or toselect Auto A Light Or Dark v Light Press Set Select AV amp Set 4 Press1if you want to choose more settings and the LCD will return to the Setup Send menu OR Press 2 if you have finished choosing settings for this page and then go to Step 5 5 Enter a fax number 6 6 SETUP SEND 6 Press Startto send the fax from the ADF The MFC starts scanning the first page If you are using the scanner glass go to Step 7 7 Tosenda single page press 2 or press Start again The MFC starts sending the original OR To send more than one page press 1 and go to Step 8 8 Place the next page on the scanner glass Press Set The MFC starts scanning and returns to Step 7 Repeat Step 7 and 8 for each additional page Fax Resolution When you have an original in the ADF or on the scanner glass you can use the Resolution key to change the setting temporarily for this fax only If it is not illuminated in green press Fax Press Resolution repeatedly until the L
266. s MFC has an Automatic Emulation Selection function When the MFC receives information from the PC it automatically chooses the emulation mode This function has been set at the factory to AUTO You can change the default emulation mode manually by using the control panel 1 Press Menu 4 1 41 Emulation 2 Press or to selectAuto A Auto HP LaserJet HP Laser Jet or BR Script3 v BS Script 3 Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit Try this function with your application software or network server If the function does not work properly either select the required emulation mode manually using the MFC panel buttons or use the emulation selection commands in your software USING THE MFC AS APRINTER 11 17 Printing the Internal Font List You can print a list of the MFC s internal or resident fonts to see how each font looks before you select it 7 Press Menu 4 2 1 42 Print Options 2 Press Start The MFC prints the Hed Relne Bene list 3 Press Stop Exit Printing the Print Configuration List You can print a list of current printer settings 7 Press Menu 4 2 2 42 Print Options 2 Press Start The MFC prints the encour gurevson settings 3 Press Stop Exit Restoring factory default settings You can return the MFC to the original factory settings Fonts and macros in the temporary settings are cleared 1 Press Menu 4 3 43 Reset Printer 2 Press 1 to restore the factory A 1 Reset settings v 2 Ex
267. s followed by If you hear one long beep you have messages As soon as you hear two short beeps use the dial pad to press 962 Wait for the long beep and then use the dial pad to enter the number of the remote fax machine where you want your fax messages sent to followed by up to 20 digits You cannot use and as dial numbers However press if you want to store a pause Hang up after you hear your MFC beep Your MFC will call the other machine which will then print your fax messages Changing your Fax Forwarding number You can change the default setting of your fax forwarding number from another telephone or fax machine using Touch Tone 1 2 e 5 Dial your fax number When your MFC answers immediately enter your Remote Access Code 3 digits followed by If you hear one long beep you have messages When you hear two short beeps use the dial pad to press 954 Wait for the long beep and then use the dial pad to enter the new number of the remote fax machine where you want your fax messages forwarded followed by up to 20 digits You cannot use and as dial numbers However press if you want to store a pause Hang up after you hear your MFC beep REMOTE FAXOPTIONS 8 7 i Printing reports MFC settings and activity You need to setup the Transmission Verification Report and Activity Report Interval in the menu table Press Menu 2 4 1 24 Setup Reports OR 1 Transmiss
268. s numbers 21 to 40 PE E EE hold down Shift as you press the One Touch FE er E E key When you pressa One Touch key the LCD shows the name if you stored it or the number See One Touch Dialing on page 7 5 One Touch keys are the 20 keys numbers 01 40 located on the left side of the control panel A For USA only The Brother fax back system number has been preprogrammed on One Touch key 1 1 Press Menu 2 3 1 23 Set Auto Dial 2 Press the One Touch key where 1 One Touch Dial you want to store a number One Touch If you have not installed the optional LAN board NC 9100h go to Step 4 OR If you are using the MFC 8820DN or have installed the optional LAN board NC 9100h the MFC will ask you if the One Touch key is for a fax teephone number or an e mail address Go to Step 3 3 Press or to select 23 Set Auto Dial Fax Tel x007 Press Set A Fax Tel Vv EK Address AUTO DIAL NUMBERS AND DIALING OPTIONS 7 1 4 Enter anumber up to 20 digits Press Set E fyouwantto enter a pause inthe dialing sequence for example to access an outside line press Redial Pause as you are entering the digits Each key press of Redial Pause enters a 3 5 second pause when the number is dialed and a dash appears on the screen 5 use the dial pad to enter the name up to 15 characters Press Set You can use the chart on page 4 3 to help you enter letters OR Press Set to store the number without a n
269. s to specified file type J Include icon on Send To bar 15 34 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 3 Select Scan Settings You can select the scanner settings from each of the Scan Type options for the Custom buttons You have the option to select Color Mode Resolution Paper Size and Brightness and Contrast settings Custom button1 Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Color Mode 24 bit Color Resolution 200 v Paper Size A4 210 x 297 mm z Brightness Darken Lighten Contrast i 0 100 Restore Defaults Cancel USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 35 Using MFC Remote Setup For Windows MFC Remote Setup The MFC Remote Setup application lets you set up your MFC by using the ease and speed of programming on your PC When you access this application the settings on your MFC willbe downloaded to your PC and displayed on your computer screen If you change the settings you can upload them directly to the MFC A You can t use the MFC Remote Setup application if your MFC is only connected to a Network with the optional Network LAN board NC 9100h See Web Based Management in the NC 9100h User s Guide MFC 8820D General 1S ax OK button When you click OK the process of uploading the data to the MFC begins The MFC Remote Setup program is closed if an error message is displ
270. s transmitted when you send a fax and usually consists of a fax number and 4 business name TSID Fax 9 Enter the Called Subscriber Identification CSID and then click Next Fax Configuration Wizard Called Subscriber Identification CSID Enter the Called Subscriber Identification CSID to be used to identify your computer to a fax sender The CSID is transmitted when you receive a fax and usually consists of a fax number and a business name CSID IF ax 10 Select if you print a received fax or save it in a folder and then click Next Fax Configuration Wizard Routing Options Specify routing options for incoming faxes When a fax is received C Print it on C Store a copy in a folder i Successfully received faxes are stored in the Inbox archive of Fax Console Choose this option to save an additional copy of the fax in the folder specified USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 23 17 Click Finish Fax Configuration Wizard Completing the Fax Configuration Wizard You have successfully completed the Fax Configuration izard Configuration Summary a Devices configured to send faxes Brother MFC 5200C The TSID of these devices is Fax Devices configured to receive faxes Brother MFC 5200C Devices are configured to automatically answer incoming fax calls after 2 rings The CSID of these devices is Fax To close this wizard click Finish When PC FAX Receiving is acti
271. se the ADF cover Press Stop Exit QA QN 22 4 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Original is jammed inside the ADF unit Take out any paper from the ADF that is not jammed Lift the document cover Pull the jammed original out to the right Close the document cover 5 Press Stop Exit OR Take the ADF su pport out of the ADF unit 2 Pullthe jammed original out to the right 3 Press Stop Exit WN QN TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 5 Paper jams To clear paper jams please follow the steps in this section A WARNING After you have just used the MFC some parts inside the MFC are extremely hot When you open the front cover or back output tray of the MFC never touch the shaded parts shown in the following diagram Front view Back view Clear the jammed paper as follows If the jammed paper is removed completely by using the information in the following steps you can install the paper tray first and then close the front cover and the MFC will resume printing automatically o4 E fa paper jam occurs when using the optionallower tray unit check for correct installation of the upper paper tray E Always remove all paper from the paper tray and straighten th
272. se your MFC as a copier making up to 99 copies at atime Enter Copy mode Before making copies make sure that j Copy is illuminated in green If itis not press j Copy to enter Copy mode The default setting is Fax You can change the number of seconds or minutes that the MFC stays in Copy mode after a copy operation See Setting the Mode Timer on page 4 5 The printable area of your MFC begins at approximately 0 14 in 3 64 mm from both sides and 0 12 in 8 mm from the top or bottom of the paper Ex Letter Original Letter Paper 0 14 3 64mm Unprintable area 0 12 3mm MAKING COPIES 10 1 Temporary copy settings You can improve your copies by using the Temporary Copy Keys Enlarge Reduce Contrast Quality Tray Select Sort and N in 1 For MFC 8420 or Duplex N in 1 For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN These settings are temporary and the MFC returns to Fax mode 1 minute after it finishes copying If you want to use these temporary settings again place the next onginal in the ADF or on the scanner glass within that time However if you have set the Mode Timer for Copy and Scan modes to 0 to 30 seconds the MFC retums to the default settings after the number of seconds that has been set for Mode Timer See Setting the Mode Timer on page 4 5 and see Using the copy keys Temporary settings on page 10 6 Enlarge Reduce Contrast Quality Tray Select Temporary Copy Keys Duplex
273. shows 2 Drum Life the available percentage of drum Remaining 100 life a Even if the remaining drum life is 0 you may continue to use the drum unit until you have a print quality problem Page Counter You can see number of total pages copy pages print pages and List Fax total fax print total list print pages that your MFC has printed 1 Press Menu 2 0 3 20 Miscellaneous 3 Page Counter 2 The LCD shows number of pages M 193456 for Total and Copy v Copy 120002 Press to see Print and List Fax 3 Press Stop Exit TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 37 Optional accessories Memory board The memory board is installed on the main controller board inside the MFC When you add the optional memory board it increases the performance for both copier and printer operations Model Name Optional Memory MFC 8420 82 MB Standard Memory 32MB TECHWORKS 12457 0001 MFC 8820D 32 MB Standard Memory 64MB TECHWORKS 12458 0001 MFC 8820DN 32 MB Standard Memory 128MB TECHWORKS 12459 0001 In general the DIMM must have the following specifications Type 100 pin and 32 bit output CAS Lantency 2or3 Clock Frequency 100MHz or more Capacity 32 64 128MB Height 35mm 1 4 inches or less Parity NONE DRAM Type SDRAM 4 Bank Some DIMMs might not work with this MFC For the latest information from Brother visit http solutions brother com OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 23 1 Installing the
274. sizes of paper for printing faxes A4 letter and legal When you change the size of paper in the MFC you will need to change the setting for Paper Size at the same time so your MFC can fit an incoming fax or reduced copy on the page 1 Press Menu 1 3 13 Paper Size 2 Press or to select A4 A N Letter Legal Executive A5 v a A6 B5 Or B6 Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit With optional paper tray L T 5000 7 Press Menu 1 3 1 to set the 13 Paper Size paper size for Tray 1 1 Tray 1 OR 2 Tray 2 Press Menu 1 3 2 to set the paper size for Tray 2 4 6 GETTING STARTED 2 Press or to select A4 Letter Legal Executive A5 A6 B5 and B6 Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit o4 E If youare using the optional paper tray paper size A6 is not available E If youselectTransparency in Menu 1 2 you can only selectA4 Letter or Legal GETTING STARTED 4 7 Setting the Ring Volume You can adjust the ring volume when your MFC is idle not being used You can turn the ring Off or you can select the ring volume level Press Menu 1 4 1 14 Volume 2 Press or to select 1 Ring A Med Low Med High or Off v High Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit OR In Fax mode press or to adjust the volume level Every time you press these keys the MFC will ing so you can hear the active setting as the LCD shows it The volume changes with each key press The new setting will stay un
275. specially special sizes and types of paper on the MFC before purchasing large quantities m Avoid feeding label sheets that are partly used or your MFC will be damaged mM Avoid using coated paper such as vinyl coated paper E Avoid using preprinted or highly textured paper or paper with an embossed letterhead For optimum printing use a recommended type of paper especially for plain paper and transparencies For more information on paper specifications call your nearest authorized sales representative or the place where you purchased your MFC m Use label or transparencies that are designed for use in aser printers E Forthe best print quality we recommend using long grained paper E If you are using special paper and the paper has problems feeding from the paper tray try again using the manual feed tray or multi purpose tray mM You can use recycled paper in this MFC 2 2 PAPER Paper capacity of the paper trays Multi purpose tray Width 69 8 to 220mm 50 sheets MP tray 2 75 to 8 66 in 80 g m or 20 b MFC 8820D and Height 116 to 406 4 mm MFC 8820DN 4 57 to 16 0 in Manual feed tray Width 69 8 to 220 mm Single sheet MFC 8420 2 75 to 8 66 in Height 116 to 406 4 mm 4 57 to 16 0 in Paper tray Tray 1 A4 Letter Legal B5 ISO B5 250 sheets JIS Executive A5 A6 B6 80 g m or 20 b ISO Optional lower tray A4 Letter Legal B5 ISO B5 250 sheets Tray 2 JIS Executi
276. t and guarantee your print quality please continue to replace consumed toner cartridges with only Genuine Brother Branded Supplies 4 Gently rock the toner cartridge from side to side five or six times to distribute the toner evenly inside the cartridge TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 31 5 Remove the protective cover 6 Insert the new ton er cartridge in the drum unit until it clicks into place If you put itin properly the lock lever will lift automatically Drum Unit m y XK S Toner Cartridge Clean the primary corona wire inside the drum unit by gently sliding the blue tab from right to left several times Return the blue tab to the Home position V before reinstalling the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly Corona Wire 22 32 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 8 Reinstall the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly and close the front cover TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 33 Replacing the drum unit The MFC uses a drum unit to create print images on paper If the LCD shows Change Drum Soon the drum unit is near the end of its life and it is time to purchase a new one Even if the LCD shows Change Drum Soon you may be able to continue printing without having to replace the drum unit for a while However if there is a noticeable deterioration in the output print quality even before Change Drum Soon appears then the drum unit should be replace
277. t condensation SS _ m _ am Paper Tray mM Paper type Plain paper recycled paper and transparencies envelopes Manual Feed Multi purpose Tray mM Paper size A4 Letter Legal B5 ISO B5 JIS Executive A5 A6 B6 ISO Weight 16 28 Ib 60 105 g m Paper Tray For more details see Paper specifications for each paper tray on page 2 4 m Maximum paper tray capacity Approx 250 sheets of 20 Ib 80 g m plain paper E Maximum multi purpose tray capacity Approx 50 sheets of 20 Ib 80 g m plain paper MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN only Manual Feed Tray Multi Purpose Tray mM Paper size Width 20lb 2 75 8 66 69 8 220 0 mm Height 4 57 16 00 116 0 406 4 mm Weight 16 43 Ib 60 161 g m Up to 150 sheets of plain paper Face down print delivery to the output paper support Monochrome Up to 17 copies minute Letter paper Stacks or Sorts up to 99 pages 25 to 400 in increments of 1 Max 1200 x 600 dpi Fax Compatibility Coding System Modem Speed Original Size Scanning Width Printing Width Gray Scale Polling Types Contrast Control Resolution One Touch Dial Speed Dial Automatic Redial Auto Answer Communication Source Memory Transmission Out of Paper Reception ITU T Group 3 MH MR MMR AJBIG 33600 2400 bps Automatic Fallback ADF Width 5 8 to 8 5 148 mm to 216 mm ADF Height 5 8 to 14 0 148 mm to 356 mm Scanner Width Max 8 48 212 mm Scanner Height Ma
278. t copy settings cceeeeeeen eee 10 16 aY eee eee eee ne me 10 16 CONAS ee ee 10 16 f Using the MFC as a printer sasnsnsnsennmnnnunnnmnnnnmnnnnnnnn menna 11 1 Using the Brother MFC 8420 MFC 8820D or MFC 8820DN POF AVE FIV Cl serrr O RERET RNE 11 1 How to print your COCUMENL ccccceceeseeecneeeeseneeeenenees 11 2 Simultaneous printing and fAXING cceceeeeeseeseee essen 11 3 Two sided printing Duplex Printing see 11 3 Automatic Duplex Printing For MFC 8820D and MFGC 8820 DN ccccscctastsnviesseviwscendwivinnecanedeor mnie 11 3 Manual Duplex Printing 0 ccscecsecesseeeteenenees 11 4 Face down output trAY cc cc eceecsecee ee eseeeeseeeeneneeeees 11 4 Printing ON plain PAPET 0 cc cc eececeeecseeeeeseeeteeeesees 11 5 The manual feed tray For MFC 8420 11 5 The MP tray For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN 11 6 Printing on thicker paper and card stock 5 11 7 The manual feed tray For MFC 8420 11 7 The multi purpose tray MP tray For MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN 11 9 Printing ON envelopes ccccceceeeaeeeeaeeeceeeesneaereeeees 11 11 Printer operation KCYS ccccccsceeeeeeceeeesseeereeeeneneeeeaes 11 16 JOD CANCE laran E 11 16 SOCUTS KOY aroeira ia iea aE EEE 11 16 Setting the Emulation Selection cccce eee 11 17 Printing the Internal Font List cceeeceeseee
279. t damage to the printer from static electricity do not touch the electrodes shown below TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 35 3 Hold down the lock lever on the right and pull the toner cartndge out of the drum unit See Replacing the toner cartridge on page 22 28 Lock Lever A Discard the used drum unit according to local regulations keeping it separate from domestic waste Be sure to seal the drum unit tightly so toner powder does not spill out of the unit If you have questions call your local waste disposal office 4 Waitto unpack the new drum unit until immediately before installing it Place the old drum unit into the plastic bag and discard it according to local regulations 5 Reinstall the toner cartridge into the new drum unit See Replacing the toner cartridge on page 22 28 6 Reinstall the new drum unit keeping the front cover open Press Clear Back 8 Press 1 and when the LCD shows Replace Drum Accepted and close the front cover Caution If toner scatters and your hands or clothes get dirty immediately wipe off or wash with cold water 22 36 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Checking the drum life You can see the percentage ofthe drum s life that remains available 1 Press Menu 2 0 2 20 Miscellaneous 2 For five seconds the LCD
280. t scanning the original If you want to sort multiple copies use the ADF See Making a single copy from the ADF on page 10 3 10 4 MAKING COPIES Out of Memory message If the memory becomes full while you are making copies the LCD message will guide you through the next step Pe O Ctop If theOut Of Memory message appears press Stop Exit to cancel or Startto copy scanned pages You will need to clear some jobs from the memory before you can continue Out of Memory Copy Press Start A To gain extra memory you can tum off Fax Storage See Setting Fax Storage on page 8 3 OR Print the faxes that are in the memory See Printing a fax from the memory on page 5 5 When you get an Out Of Memory message you may be able to make copies if you first print incoming faxes inthe memory to restore the memory to 100 o4 Then if this error message appears more than once you may wish to consider increasing the memory size For more infomation on how to increase the memory size See Memory board on page 23 1 MAKING COPIES 10 5 Using the copy keys Temporary settings When you wantto change the settings only for the next copy use the Temporary Copy Keys Enlarge Reduce Contrast Tem porary Co py keys F Quality Tray Select Duplex Sort Nin 1 C m m eee ee You can use different combinations The large LCD shows your current Copy mode settings Enlg Red 100 Quality Auto Contrast 00800
281. t up the computer Such as drivers for Zip Drives External CD ROM Drive etc Suggested areas to check Load Run command lines in the win ini file or the Setup Group Check with you computer manufacturerto confirm that the computer s parallel port settings in the BIOS are set to support a bi directional machine i e Parallel Port Mode ECP MFC Connect Failure Ifthe MFC is not connected to your PC and you have loaded the Brother software the PC will show MFC Connect Failure each time you restart Windows You can ignore this message or you can turn itoff as follows Double click too WamOFF REG from the supplied CD ROM The Scan key onthe MFC s control panel will not work unless you restart your PC with the MFC connected Totum it back on Double click tool WarnON REG from the supplied CD ROM Paper Handling Difficulties The MFC does not load paper Check to see if the Check Paperor Paper Jammessage appears on The LCD shows Check the LCD If it is enpty load anew stack of paper into the paper tray If Paper Or Paper Jam there is paper in the paper tray make sureit is straight Ifthe paperis curled you should straighten it Sometimes it is helpful to remove the paper turn the stack overand put it back into the paper tray Reduce the amount of paper in the paper tray and then try again Check that the manual feed mode or MP tray or MP modeis not selectedin the printer driver The MFC does not feed pape
282. talling an external two line telephone answering device TAD and a two line telephone your MFC must be isolated on one line at both the wall jack and at the TAD The most common connection is to put the MFC on Line 2 which is explained in the following steps The back of the two line TAD must have two telephone jacks one labeled L1 or L1 L2 and the other labeled L2 You will need at least three telephone line cords the one that came with your MFC and two for your extemal two line TAD You will need a fourth line cord if you add a two line telephone Place the two line TAD and the two line telephone next to your MFC 2 Plug one end of the telephone line cord for your MFC into the L2 jack of the triplex adapter Plug the other end into the LINE jack on the back of the MFC 3 Plug one end of the first telephone line cord for your TAD into the L1 jack of the triplex adapter Plug the other end into the L1 or L1 L2 jack of the two line TAD 4 Plug one end of the second telephone line cord for your TAD into the L2 jack of the two line TAD Plug the other end into the EXT jack on the left side of the MFC Triplex Ad riplex Adapter Two Line Phone External Two Line TAD MFC You can keep two line telephones on other wall outlets as always There are two ways to add a two line telephone to the MFC s wall outlet You can plug the telephone line cord from the two line telephone into the L1 L2 jack of the triplex adapter Or you can p
283. telephone company s Distinctive Ring service have registered the distinctive ring pattern on your MFC and use that number as a fax number The recommended setting is four rings on the extemal TAD when you have the telephone company s Distinctive Ring Service A If You Do Not Subscribe to Distinctive Ring Service You must plug your TAD into the EXT jack of your MFC If your TAD is plugged into a wall jack both your MFC andthe TAD will try to control the phone line See illustration on the next page INTRODUCTION 1 16 O Do not connecta TAD elsewhere on the same phone line unless you have the Distinctive Ring service A Ar __ OK 1 17 INTRODUCTION Connections The extemal TAD must be plugged into the back of the MFC into the jack labeled EXT Your MFC cannot work properly if you plug the TAD into a wall jack unless you are using Distinctive Ring 1 2 OAR Q Plug the telephone line cord from the wall jack into the back of the MFC in the jack labeled LINE Plug the telephone line cord from your extemal TAD into the back of the MFC in the jack labeled EXT Make sure this cord is connected to the TAD at the TAD s telephone ine jack and not its telephone jack Set your external TAD to four rings or less The MFC s Ring Delay setting does not apply Record the outgoing message on your external TAD Set the TAD to answer calls Set the Receive M
284. the Desktop view shows icons of those linked applications To use a link drag an item onto one of the icons to start the application represented by the icon Atypical use of the Send To Bar is to select an item and then fax it This sample Send To Bar shows several applications with links to PaperPor Be E Vv weweeF sey lf PaperPort does not automatically recognize one of the applications on your computer you can manually create a link using the Add to Send To Bar command See PaperPort in the Documentation section on the CD ROM for more information about creating new links HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 13 21 ScanSoft TextBridge OCR lets you convert image text into text you can edit F Software by ScanSoft n ScanSoft TextBridge OCR is installed automatically with PaperPort when you install MFL Pro Suite on your computer ScanSoft PaperPort can quickly convert the text on a ScanSoft PaperPort item which is really just a picture of the text into text that you can edit with a word processing application PaperPort uses the optical character recognition application ScanSoft TextBridge which comes with PaperPort OR PaperPort can use your preferred OCR application if itis already on your computer You can convert the entire item or by using the Copy Text command you can select only a portion of the text to convert Dragging an item onto a word processing link icon starts PaperPo
285. the One Touch and Speed Dial memory See Storing One Touch Dial numbers on page 7 1 and see Storing Speed Dial numbers on page 7 2 If itis not illuminated in green press LI Fax Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Press Search Speed Dial 3 Press or To search alphabetically through the names that are stored enter the first letter of the name you re looking for and press or gt OR Press lt gt or P To search for numbers numerically press gt or p 4 When the LCD shows the name you want to call Press Start One Touch Dialing If itis not illuminated in green press Fax Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Press the One Touch key of the location you want to call 3 Press Start AUTO DIAL NUMBERS AND DIALING OPTIONS 7 5 Speed Dialing 7 If itis not illuminated in green press LI Fax Place the original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Press Search Speed Dial and then the three digit Speed Dial number See Storing Speed Dial numbers on page 7 2 3 Press Start A If you try to use a One Touch or Speed Dial location with no number stored in it you hear a warning sound and LCD shows Not Registered The LCD returns to normal after 2 seconds Manual dialing Manual dialing means pressing all of the digits of the phone number Using an external telephone The easiest w
286. til you change it again Setting the Beeper Volume You can change the beeper volume The default factory setting is Med When the beeper is on the MFC beeps every time you press a key or make a mistake and after a fax is sent or received Press Menu 1 4 2 14 Volume 2 Press or to select your n 2 E option v High Low Med High or Off Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit 4 8 GETTING STARTED Setting the Speaker Volume You can adjust the MFC s one way speaker volume Press Menu 1 4 3 14 Volume 2 Press lt or io select 3 Speaker A Med Low Med High or Off v High Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit OR In Fax mode you can adjustthe speaker volume by pre ssing Hook and then selecting a speaker volume level Press g or to adjust the volume level The LCD shows the setting you are choosing Each key press changes the volume to the next setting The new setting will remain until you change it again Turning on Automatic Daylight Savings Time You can set the MFC to change automatically for Daylight Savings Time It will reset itself forward one hour in the Spring and backward one hour in the Fall Make sure you have set the correct day and time in the Date Time setting Press Menu 1 5 15 Auto Daylight 2 Press lt gt or to select On or A On Off v off Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit Toner Save You can conserve toner using this feature When you set Toner Save t
287. tion or exits from the menu Lets you start sending faxes making copies or scanning INTRODUCTION 1 10 Status LED indications The Status LED Light Emitting Diode will flash and change color depending on the MFC status Status The LED indications shown in the table below are used in the illustrations in this chapter LED status LED is off s LED is blinking Description e Sleep Mode The power switch is off or the MFC is in Sleep mode Warming Up The MFC is warming up for printing The MFC is ready to print Receiving Data The MFC is either receiving data from the computer processing data in memory or printing data Data Remaining in Print data remains in the MFC memory Memory 1 11 INTRODUCTION Follow the steps below 1 Turn off the power switch 2 Waita few seconds and then turn itback on and try to print again Service error If you cannot clear the error and see the same service call indication after turning the MFC back on please call Brother Customer Service at 1 800 284 4329 in USA 1 877 BROTHER in Canada or 514 685 6464 in Montreal Cover open The cover is open Close the cover See Error messages on page 22 1 Replace the toner cartridge with a new one See Replacing the toner cartridgeon page 22 28 Toner empty Put paper in the tray or clear the paper jam Check the LCD message See Troubleshooting on page 22 1 Paper error
288. to be polled OR If you are using the scanner glass go to Step 7 To send a single page press 2 or press Start again wait for the fax to be polled OR To send more than one page press 1 and go to Step 8 Place the next page on the scanner glass Press Set The MFC starts scanning and returns to Step 7 Repeat Step 7 and 8 for each additional page The document will be stored and can be retrieved from any other fax machine until you delete the fax in memory by using the Cancelling a Job function See Canceling a scheduled job on page 6 11 SETUP SEND 6 21 Memory Security Memory Security lets you prevent unauthorized access to the MFC The MFC will not send faxes or print received faxes without the password you program You will not be able to continue to schedule Delayed Faxesor Polling jobs However any pre scheduled Delayed Faxes will be sent when you turn Memory Security On so they won t be lost If Fax Storage is On before you turn Memory Security On then Fax Forwarding and Remote Retrieval will continue to work While Memory Security is On the following operations are available M Receiving faxes into memory limited by memory capacity E Fax Forwarding If Fax Storage was already On mM Remote Retrieval o4 To print the faxes in memory turn Memory Security Off Setting up the password a If you forget the Memory Security password please call Brother Customer Service See For Customer S
289. to choose more settings and the LCD will return to the Setup Send menu OR Press 2 if you have finished choosing settings 8 Enter the fax number you re Calling 9 Press Start 6 14 SETUP SEND Send a cover page for all faxes This feature does not work without the Station ID Please be sure it has been set before continuing See Setting the Station ID on page 4 2 You can set the MFC to senda cover page whenever you send a fax The number of pages in your fax is not included when you use this setting If itis not illuminated in green press Z Fax 2 Press Menu 2 2 T D2 setup Send 3 Press or to select On 7 Coverpg Setup A Next Fax Only Press Set v On 4 Ifyou selected On Press or S2 ec io select one of the standard or your own comments Press Set 5 Press 1 if you want to choose more settings and the LCD will return to the Setup Sendmenu OR Press 2 to exit if you have finished choosing settings Using a printed cover page If you prefer to use a printed cover page that you can write on you can print the sample page and attach it to your fax If itis not illuminated in green press Fax 2 Press Menu 2 2 7 3 Press or io select 22 Setup Send Print Sample 7 Coverpg Setup A On Press Set v Print Sample Press Start Your MFC prints a copy of your cover page Press Stop Exit SETUP SEND 6 15 Broadcasting Broadcasting is when the same fax messa
290. to the EXT jack of your MFC F T Ring Time The length of time that the Brother MFC rings when the Receive Mode setting is Fax Tel to notify you to pick up a voice call that it answered Fax Activity Report Lists information about the last 200 incoming and outgoing faxes TX means Transmit RX means Receive Fax Forwarding Sends a fax received into the memory to another preprogrammed fax number Fax Receive Code Press this code 51 when you answer a fax call from an extension or external phone to transfer the call to the MFC Fax Storage You can print stored faxes later or retrieve them from another location using Fax Forwarding Paging or Remote Retneval operations Fax Tel You can receive faxes andtelephone calls Do not use this mode if you are using a telephone answering device TAD Fax tones Thesignals sent by sending and receiving fax machines while communicating information Fine resolution Resolutionis203 x 196 dpi Itis used for small print and graphs Gray scale The shades of gray available for copying and faxing photographs Group number A combination of One Touch Speed Dial numbers that are stored as a Speed Dial number for Broadcasting Help list A printout of the complete Menu that you can use to program your MFC when you do not have the User s Guide with you Interval The preprogrammed time period between automatically printed Activity Reports You can print Activity Reports on demand without interr
291. top button changes to Send Fax and the Address button will be available USING YOUR MFC WITH AMACINTOSH 18 15 4 Click Send Fax The Send Fax dialog box appears Send Fax Input Fax Number Destination Fax Numbers Stored Fax Numbers 908 869 8888 908 236 8888 908 569 8888 The Send Fax dialog box has two list boxes The left box shows all the previously Stored Fax Numbersand the right box shows the Destination Fax Numbers as you select them 5 To address the fax type a fax number inthe Input Fax Number box 6 When you are finished addressing your fax click Send Fax A To select and only send certain pages of the document click OK to go to the Print dialog box A If you click Send Fax without addressing your fax the following error message will appear No fax number is selected ox Click OK to continue and then select the Destination Fax Numbers Click OK to go to the Send Fax dialog box 18 16 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH For Mac OS X users You can send a fax directly from a Macintosh application by doing the following Create a document in a Macintosh application 2 To send a fax select Print from the File menu The Printer dialog box will appear Printer MFC XXXX HA Presets Standard HA Copies amp Pages i Copies 1 Collated Page 5 i Al from 1 to 1 Preview Save As PDF Cancel Print 3 Select Send Fax from pull down menu Printer MFC X
292. ttings so they will be available while faxing 6 12 SETUP SEND Composing your own comments You can set up two comments of your own 1 2 3 If it is not illuminated in green press Z Fax Press Menu 2 2 8 P Setup Send Press or tochoose5or 8 ee Meg 6 for your own comment v C Press Set Use the dial pad to enter your customized comment Press Set See Entering text on page 4 3 Press 1 if you want to choose more settings and the LCD will return to the Setup Send menu OR Press 2 to exit SETUP SEND 6 13 Cover page for the next fax only This feature does not work without the Station ID So make sure it has been set See Setting the Station Don page 4 2 If you only want to send a Cover Page with a particular fax this Cover Page will include the number of pages in your onginal 7 If itis not illuminated in green press amp 2 Fax Place the Original face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 3 WhenLCD shows Next Fax i Ove LD HEUD A Next Fax Only Press Set 4 Press or to select Next Fax On or Next Fax Off Press Set 5 Press or to select one of the standard or your own comments Press Set 6 Enter two digits to show the number of pages you are sending Press Set For example press 0 2 for 2 pages or enter 0 0 to leave the number of pages blank If you make a mistake press to back up and re enter the number of pages 7 Press 1 if you want
293. tton after you choose your settings Scan using Brother XXXXXXXXKX What do you want to scan Paper source Flatbed v Select an option below for the type of picture you want to scan san Color picture phate O Grayscale picture wil O Black and white picture or text g Custom Settings C You can also Adjust the quality of the scanned picture Preview Scan Cancel 13 14 HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS Advanced Properties Advanced Properties Appearance Brightness TERR r 1 Contrast a Resolution DPI Picture type 100 Color picture Tostar scanning your document click the Scan button in the Scan dialog box This time only the selected area of the original will appear in the PaperPor window or your software application win dow Brother Scanner Utility The Brother Scanner Utility is used for configuring the scanner driver for resolutions greater than 1200dpi and for changing the paper size If you want to set Legal size as the default size change the setting using this utility You must restart your PC for the new settings to take effect To run the utility Youcan run the utility by selecting the Scanner Utility located in the Start All Programs Brother Brother MFL Pro Suite menu gt Scanner Utility Wid Device EES eee Max Resolution dpi C 600x600 f 1200x1200 C 2400x2400 C 4800x4800 9600x9600 Maximum Scanning Size Ad4 Letter C Legal
294. tums on the MP Tray mode when you put paper in the multi purpose tray Select the Paper Size Media Type Paper Source and other settings in the printer driver Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source MP Tray 2 Open the MP tray and lower it gently 3 Pull out the MP tray support flap 4 When loading paper in the MP tray make sure it touches the back of the tray 7 Paper guide Release Lever ee Make sure that the paper is a and in the proper position on the MP tray If it is not the paper may not be fed properly resulting in a skewed printout or a paper jam 5 While pressing the paper guide release lever slide the paper guide to fit the paper size a When you put paper in the MP tray please remember the following m The side to be printed on must be face up E During printing the inside tray rises to feed paper into the MFC E Put the leading edge top of the paper in first and push it gently into the tray 6 Send the print data to the MFC 11 6 USING THE MFC ASA PRINTER Printing on thicker paper and card stock When the back output tray is pulled down the MFC has a straight paper path from the manual feed tray or the MP tray through to the back of the MFC Use this paper feed and output method when you want to print on thicker paper or card stock The manual feed tray For MFC 8420 Select the Paper Size Media Type Paper Source and other settings in the printer driver Media Type Thick paper
295. ture Tuming off the scanner lamp will also reduce the power consumption A Please note that turning the lamp off regularly will reduce the lamp s life Some people prefer to turn the lamp off as they leave the office or late at night at home This is not necessary for normal day to day use 4 10 GETTING STARTED Setting the Tray Use for Copy mode A If your MFC is a MFC 8420 without the optional tray 2 you can skip this setting MFC 8420 The default setting of Auto allows your MFC to choose the optional Tray 2 when paper is out in Tray 1 or when the size of the original will fit best on the paper in Tray 2 Press Menu 1 7 2 Press or toselectTray 1 T7 Tray Use Copy Only Tray 2 Only or Auto A Tray 1 Only Tray 2 Onl 3 Press Set v panes a 4 Press Stop Exit MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN The default setting of Auto allows your MFC to choose the optional Tray 2 or the MP tray when paper is out in Tray 1 or when the size of the original will fit best on the paper in Tray 2 7 Press Menu 1 7 i tray ise Copy 2 Press or to select A i i A Tray 1 Only MP Only or v hare Auto OR If you have the optional paper tray 17 Tray Use Copy press gt or to select A Tray l Only Tray 1 Only Tray 2 Only MP a N Only or Auto 3 Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit o4 1 Copies will automatically be printed from Tray 2 only if the Paper Size setting for Tray 2 is the same as
296. u will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service If trouble is experienced with this equipment for repair or warranty information please contact Brother Customer Service See Brother numbers on page i If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs Contact the state public utility commission public service commission or corporation commission for information If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line ensure the installation of this equipment does not disable your alarm equip ment If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment call your telephone company or a qualified installer If you are not able to solve a problem with your MFC call Brother Customer Service See Brother numbers on page i A WARNING For protection against the risk of electrical shock always disconnect all cables from the wall outlet before servicing modifying or installing the equipment This equ
297. u with its special pseudo double ring when you have a voice call If it s a fax call the MFC prints the fax This pseudo double ring happens after the initial ringing from the phone company Only the MFC rings for 20 30 40 or 70 seconds and no other phones on the same line will ring with the special pseudo double ring However you can still answer the call on any extension phone in a separate wall jack phone socket on the same line as the MFC See Operation from extension telephones on page 5 7 If itis not illuminated in green press Fax 2 Press Menu 2 1 2 21 Setup Receive 3 Press or to select how an T Kg Time ae A 20 long the MFC will ring to alert you v 30 that you have a voice call Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit a Even if the caller hangs up during the pseudo double ringing the MFC will continue to ring for the set time SETUP RECEIVE 5 3 Easy Receive When you use this feature you don t have to press Start or the Fax Receive Code 51 when you answer a fax call Selecting On allows the MFC to receive fax calls automatically even if you lift the handset of an extension or extemal phone When you see Receiving onthe LCD or when you hear chirps through the handset of an extension phone connected to another wall jack phone socket just replace the handset and your MFC will do the rest Selecting Of means youll have to activate the MFC yourself by lifting the handset of an external or
298. upting this cycle LCD liquid crystal display The display screen on the MFC that shows interactive messages during On Screen Programming and shows the date and time when the MFC is idle GLOSSARY G 3 Manual fax When youlift the handset of your external telephone or press Hook so you can hear the receiving fax machine answer before you press Start to begin transmission Menu mode Programming mode for changing your MFC s settings MFL Pro Suite Turns your MFC into a printer and a scanner and enables PC faxing using the MFC OCR optical character recognition The bundled ScanSoft TextBridge software application converts an image of text to text you can edit One Touch Keys on the MFC control panel where you can store numbers for easy dialing You can store a second number on each key if you press Shift and the One Touch key together Out of Paper Reception Receives faxes into the MFC s memory when the machine is out of paper Overseas Mode Makes temporary changes to the fax tones to accommodate noise and static on overseas phone lines Paging Thisfeature enables your MFC to call your pager when a fax is received into its memory Pause Allows you to place a 3 5 second delay in the dialing sequence stored on Speed Dial numbers Press Pause as many times as needed for longer pauses Photo resolution A resolution setting that uses varying shades of gray forthe best representation of photographs Polling The process of
299. ut the metal shield plate back on and secure it with the two SCrews Put the side cover back on Reconnect the telephone line cord Reconnect any additional interface cables that you removed Reconnect the power cable and then turn on the MFC power switch 10 Press the Test switch and print a network configuration page See TEST SWITCHon page 23 9 SOND O OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 23 7 Step 2 Connecting the NC 9100h to an Unshielded Twisted Pair 10BASE T or 100BASE TX Ethernet Network To connect the NC 9100h to a 10OBASE T or 100BASE TX Network you must have an Unshielded Twist Pair Cable One side of the cable must be connected to a free port on your Ethe met hub and the other side must be connected to the 1O0BASE T or 100BASE TX connector an RJ45 Connector of the NC 9100h ala a ea Verifying successful hardware Installation Plug inthe AC power cord After initialization and warm up this may take several seconds the machine will come to a Ready state LED No light If both of the two LEDs are off then the print server is not connected to the network Link Speed LED is orange Fast Ethernet This Link Speed LED will be orange if the print server is connected to a 1OOBASETX Fast Ethernet network Link Speed LED is green 10 BASE T Ethernet This Link Speed LED will be green if
300. utput tray support if necessary 3 Open the MP tray and lower it gently 4 Pullout the MP tray support flap o4 If envelopes are creased after they have been printed At the back of the MFC open the back output tray and push down the blue tabs at the left and right hand sides as shown in the figure on the next page When you have finished printing your envelopes close the back output tray to reset the two blue tabs back to their original position USING THE MFC AS A PRINTER 11 13 5 Put the envelopes in the MP tray so that they touch the back of the tray Do not put more than 3 envelopes in the MP tray at any one time or it may cause a jam LID aan LD CLE o 2 Po CO OG aa CO RCPS 22 SOLS o ODO OD SSO a Make sure that the envelopes are neatly stacked and in the proper position in the MP tray If they are not the envelopes may not be fed properly resulting in a skewed printout ora jam 11 14 USING THE MFC ASA PRINTER 6 Press and slide the paper width guide to fit the envelope size o4 When you put envelopes in the MP tray please remember the following E During printing the inside tray rises to feed envelopes into the MFC m The side to be printed on must be face up m Put the leading edge top of the envelope in first and push it gently into the tray 7 Send the print data to the MFC 8 After you finish the print job close the back output tray
301. ve A5 B6 ISO 80 g m or 20 Ib Duplex printing A4 Letter Legal MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN PAPER 2 3 Paper specifications for each paper tray MFC 8420 MF C 8820D and MFC 8820DN Multi WA Plain paper Bond paper purpose Recycled paper tray Envelope Labels and Transparency Manual Plain paper Bond paper N A feed tray Recycled paper Envelope Labels and Transparency Paper tray Plain paper Recycled paper and Transparency Optional Plain paper Recycled paper and Transparency Lower tray Multi N A 60 to 161 g m 16to 43 Ib purpose tray Manual 60 to 161 g m 16 to 43 Ib N A feed tray 60 to 105 g m 16 to 28 Ib Optional 60 to 105 g m 16 to 28 Ib Lower tray Paper Mutti N A Width 69 8 to 220 mm sizes purpose 2 75 to 8 66 in tray Height 116 to 406 4 mm 4 57 to 16 0 in Manual Width 69 8 to 220 mm feed tray 2 75 to 8 66 in Height 116 to 406 4 mm 4 57 to 16 0 in Paper tray A4 Letter Legal B5 ISO B5 JIS Executive A5 A6 B6 ISO ISO B5 JIS Optional A4 Letter Legal B5 ISO B5 JIS Executive A5 B6 Lower Tray ISO 1 Up to 3 envelopes 2 Up to 10 sheets a When printing transparencies remove each one from the face down output tray after it exits the MFC Paper types Paper weights 2 4 PAPER How to load paper To load paper or other media in the paper tray 2 While pressing the paper guid
302. ve you cannot run the Remote Setup utility To use Remote Setup check off Enable Receive in Step 7 For information on how to use PC FAX Sending and Receiving please refer to Help in the Fax Console The PC FAX installation is now complete 17 24 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE How to view the received faxes Faxes that are received into the PC will appear in the Fax Console Click Start point to All Programs Accessories Communications Fax and then click Fax Consoleto open the Fax Console In the left pane expand the Fax folder if it is not already expanded Fax Console File Edit View Tools Help E G amp amp ia Et 3 fy Fax D Start Time TSID Caller ID amp Incoming 1041 2003 9 58 32 PM go Inbox amp Outbox G Sent Items For Help press Fi The Fax folder contains the following folders m The Incoming folder contains faxes that are currently being received m The Inbox folder contains faxes that have been received The Outbox folder contains faxes that are scheduled to be sent m The Sent Items folder contains faxes that have been successfully sent USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 25 Using your MFC with a Macintosh Setting up your USB equipped Apple Macintosh ed E Before you can connect the MFC to your Macintosh you must buy a USB cable that is not longer than 6 feet 1 8 metres Do not connect the MFC toa USB port ona key board or a non power
303. ve service which is called Distinctive Ring and they are very satisfied with it See Distinctive Ring on page 5 11 Another way to avoid possible problems is to replace your Voice Mail with an answering machine Your Brother MFC is designed to work with an answering machine or TAD telephone answering device See Connecting an extemal telephone answering device TAD on page 1 16 1 13 INTRODUCTION Fax tones and handshake When someone is sending a fax the MFC sends fax calling tones CNG tones These are quiet intermittent beeps every 4 seconds You ll hear them after you dial and press Startand they will continue for about 60 seconds after dialing During that time the sending machine must begin the handshake or connection with the receiving machine Each time you use automatic procedures to send a fax you are sending CNG tones overthe phone line You ll soon learn to listen for these quiet beeps each time you answer a phone on your fax line so you will know if you are receiving a fax message The receiving fax responds with fax receiving tones which are loud chirping sounds A receiving fax chirps for about 40 seconds over the phone line and the LCD shows Receiving If your MFC is set to the Fax Only mode it will answer every call automatically with fax receiving tones If the other person hangs up your MFC will continue to send the chirps for about 40 seconds and the LCD continues to show Recei
304. ver Page 9 Ove rseas Adjusts for overseas Mode transmissions which cansometimes cause problems 0 Glass Fax A4 Letter x Adjusts the scan Size Legal area of the scanner glass to the size of the original 3 Set Auto 1 One Touch Stores One Touch Dial Dial Dial numbers Soyou can dial by pressing one key and Start 2 Spe ed Dial Stores Speed Dial numbers so you can dial by pressing only a few keys and Start A The default settings are shown in Bold with x ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING 3 7 Stop Exit aeon lt lt Cc e to exit Menu Descriptio ns Selections 2 Fax 3 Set Auto 3 Se tup Sets up a Group Continued Dial Gr oups number for continued Broadcasting 1Transmission On Initial setup for On Image Transmission Off Verification Report Off Image and Fax Activity Report 2 Act Every 7 Days Interval Every 2 Days Every 24 Hours Every 12 Hours Every 6 Hours Every 50 Faxes Off 5 Remote Fax 1 Fax Off Sets the MFC to Opt Fwd Pag ing Fax Forward forward fax Paging messages or to call your pager 2 Fax On Stores incoming St orage faxes in the memory so you Can retrieve them while you are away from your MFC 3 Remote You must set your Access own code for R emote Retrieval Printsincomingfaxes stored in the memory Checks which jobs arein the memory or cancels a delayed fax or polling job A The default settings are shown in Bold with x 4 Pri
305. vice an alarm system or other custom feature on one phone line it may create a problem with the operation of your MFC See Custom features on page 1 13 and Custom features on a single line on page 22 14 INTRODUCTION 1 22 5 Paper About paper Type and size of paper The MFC loads paper from the installed papertray manual feed tray multi purpose tray or optional lower tray Paper tray Tray 1 MFC 8420 MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN Manual feed tray MFC 8420 Multi purpose tray MP tray MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN Optional lower tray Tray 2 Option for MFC 8420 MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN Recommended paper Plain Paper Xerox 4200DP 20 Ib Hammermill Laser Paper 24 lb Transparency 3M CG 3300 Labels Avery laser label 5160 PAPER 2 1 Before you buy a large amount of paper please test some to make sure that the paper is suitable Use paper that is made for plain paper copying Use paper that is 75 to 90 g m 20 to 24 Ib Use neutral paper Do not use acidic or alkaline paper Use long grain paper Use paper with a moisture content of approximately 5 Caution Do not use ink jet paper It may cause a paper jam and damage your MFC a The output quality depends on the paper type and paper brand Visit us at http solutions brother com and check the latest recommendations for paper that can be used with the MFC 8420 MFC 8820D and MFC 8820DN Choosing acceptable paper We recommend that you test paper e
306. ving To cancel receiving press Stop Exit The fax handshake is the time in which the sending machine s CNG tones and the receiving machines chirps overlap This must be for atleast 2 to 4 seconds so both machines can understand how each is sending and receiving the fax The handshake cannot begin until the call is answered and the CNG tones only last for about 60 seconds after the number is dialed So it is important for the receiving machine to answer the call in as few rings as possible o4 When you have an exte mal Telephone Answering Device TAD on your fax line your TAD will decide the number of rings before the call is answered Pay special attention to the directions for connecting a TAD in this chapter See Connecting an extemal telep hone answering device TAD on page 1 16 INTRODUCTION 1 14 ECM Error Correction Mode The Error Correction Mode ECM is a way for the MFC to check a fax transmission while it is in progress If the MFC detects errors during fax transmission if resends the pages of the fax that had an error ECM transmissions are only possible between fax machines that both have this feature If they do you may send and receive fax messages that are continuously being checked by the MFC Your MFC must have enough memory for this feature to work Connecting the MFC Connecting an external telephone Although your MFC does not have a handset you can connect a separate telephone or tele
307. w the configuration screen of the Control Center To save your settings click OK OR To go back to the factory default settings click the Restore Defaults button Scanner settings From the pull down list select the scanning mode thatis appropriate for the type of file Faxing Filing and Copying Text for OCR Photos Photos High Quality Photos Quick Scan Custom Draft Copy or Fine Copy To change any of the settings for this mode click Modify Settings 14 16 USNGTH BROTHER CONTROL CENTER FOR WINDOWS 9598 98S EME 200 PROFES SONAL AND WINDOWS NTE WS 40 PC FAX Settings Brother PC Fax FAX Resolution Fine 200 x 200 Toch ange the fax options click the FAX Options button The Brother PC FAX Properties screen appears For Windows 95 98 98SE Me and Windows NT WS 4 0 Brother PC FAX on BRMFC Properties 21x Device Options Letter 8 1 x 11 in Paper Size Letter 8 x11 in x Orientation Portrait Landscape Resolution 200x200 dpi C 200x100 dpi Restore Defaults Paper Size etter 1 Orientation Portrait C Landscape Letter Resolution 200x200 dpi 8 x 11 in 2004100 dpi Default About Cancel Help 2 Select the Paper Size and Orientation Portrait or Landscape and click OK a To go back to the factory default settings click the Restore Defaults or Default button USING THE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER FOR WINDOWS 5 9898SE ME2000 PROFESSIO
308. ws XP Windows NT 4 0 or Windows 2000 Professional you need to log on with administrator rights USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 1 Setting up user information ea You can access the User Information from the FAX Sending dialog box by clicking See Sending a file as a PC FAX using the Facsimile style on page 17 15 Brother PC FAX Setup Name iJ ohn Doe Company International Spring Board Assoc Department USG Phone Number 908 555 1 212 Fax Number 908 5554212 E mail Doe springboad org Address 1 123 Rose Hill Driver Address 2 Potsville NJO8888 Cancel 7 From the Start menu select Programs Brother Brother MFL Pro Suite and then select PC FAX Setup The Brother PC FAX Setup dialog box will appear 2 You must enter this information to create the Fax Header and Cover Page 3 Click OK to save the User Information 17 2 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE Sending setup From the Brother PC FAX Setup dialog box click the Sending tab to display the screen below Brother PC FAX Setup User Information Sending Speed Dial Facsimile style only Dial Setting Outside line access Header Network PC FAX I Include header Enable Tirtecesseevveed The location of the address book can be changed from the PC FAX Setup window This can be accessed from the main PC FAX transmission screen User interface C Simple style Facsimile style Cancel The include header
309. ws system using our installer program The driver supports Our unique compression mode to enhance printing speed in Windows applications and allows you to set various printer settings including economy printing mode and custom paper size Popular Printer Emulation Support The MFC supports HP LaserJet PCL level 6 and BR Script 3 PostScript 3 printer emulation mode If you use DOS application software you can use HP LaserJet PCL level 6 and BR Script 3 PostScript 3 emulation mode for printer operations USING THE MFC AS A PRINTER 11 1 How to print your document When the MFC receives data from your computer it begins printing by picking up paper from the paper tray The paper tray can feed many types of paper and envelopes From your computer select the Pint command lf your computer is also connected to any other printers select Brother MFC 8420 or MFC 8820D USB Printer as your printer driver from the Print or Print Settings menu in your software application and then click on OK to begin printing 2 Your computer sends a print command and data to the MFC 3 The LED blinks in yellow and the MFC starts to print a You can select the paper size and orientation in your application software If your application software does not support your custom paper size select the next largest paper size Then adjust the print area by changing the right and left margins in your application software 11 2 USING THE MFC
310. x 14 0 856 mm 8 2 inches 208 mm 8 2 inches 208 mm 64 levels Standard Sequential Automatic Light Dark manual setting e Horizontal 203 dot inch 8 dot mm e Vertical e Standard 98 line inch 3 85 line mm e Fine Photo 196 line inch 7 7 line nm e Superfine 392 line inch 15 4 line mm 40 20 x 2 300 stations one time 0 1 2 3 or 4 rings Public switched telephone network Up to 600 500 pages Up to 600 500 pages 1 Pages refers to the Brother Standard Chart No 1 a typical business letter Standard resolution JBIG code Specifications and printed materials are subject to change without prior notice 2 Pages refers tothe ITU T Test Chart 1 atypical business letter Standard resolution JBIG code Specifications and printed materials are subject to change without prior notice SPECIFICATIONS S 3 Scanner Color Monochrome TWAIN Compliant WIA Compliant Resolution Document Size Scanning Width Gray Scale Color Monochrome Yes Windows 95 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional and Windows NT Workstation Version 4 0 Mac OS 8 6 9 2 OS X 10 2 1 or greater Yes Windows XP Up to 9 600 x 9 600 dpi inte rpolated Up to 600 x 2 400 dpi optical Maximum 1200 x 1200 dpi scanning with Windows XP resolution up to 9600 x 9600 dpi can be selected by using the Brother scanner utility ADF Width 5 8 to 8 5 148 mm to 216 mm ADF Height 5 8 to 14 0 148 mm to 356 mm
311. x Tel mode you must set the Ring Delay and F T Ring Time If you have extension phones on the line keep the Ring Delay setto four rings A The MP tray is not available with Fax Receive SETUP RECEIVE 5 1 To select or change your Receive Mode 1 Press Menu 0 1 01 Receive Mode 2 Press or to select Fax A a ool Only Fax Tel External TAD v External TAD Or Manual Select AV amp Set Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit a If you are changing the Receive Mode while in another operation the LCD will return to that operation Fax Only 03 01 2003 18 15 Fax Tel Duplex Receive External TAD External TAD Manual Setting the Ring Delay The Ring Delay sets the number of times the MFC rings before it answers in Fax Only orFax Tel mode If you have extension phones on the same line as the MFC or subscribe to the telephone company s Distinctive Ring service keep the Ring Delay setting of 4 See Easy Receive on page 5 4and Operation from extension telephones on page 5 7 7 If itis not illuminated in green press amp Z Fax 2 Press Menu 2 1 1 21 Setup Receive 3 Press lt or to select how n i DELAY many times the line rings before v 04 the MFC answers 00 04 Press Set If you select 00 the line won t ring at all 4 Press Stop Exit 5 2 SETUP RECEIVE Setting the F T Ring Time Fax Tel mode only If you set the Receive Mode to Fax Tel you ll need to decide how long the MFC will signal yo
312. xt file that you have created Check Use Watermark and then select the watermark you want to use Printing Preferences dvanced Support CADE CONFIDENTIAL In background C In Outline Text DRAFT VERTRAULICH KOPIE In bac kground Check In background to print the watermark image in the background of your document If this feature is not checked then the Watermark will be printed on top of your document In Outline Text Window 2000 Professional XP NT WS 4 0 Only Check In Outline Text if you only want to print an outline of the watermark 12 8 PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS Print Watermark The Print Watermark feature offers the following print choices On all pages On first page only From second page Custom Apply from second copy collate only For Windows 2000 XP Windows NT 4 0 Watermark Setting You can change the Watermark s size and position on the page by selecting the Watermark and clicking the Edit button If you want to adda new Watermark click the New button and then select Text or Bitmap in the Watermark Style Watermark Setting Preview Title Watermar k Style O Text Watermark Text Position Style C Automatically centered Watermark Bitmap File Scaling 100 Help Title You can select the CONFIDENTIAL COPY or DRAFT as the standard title or enter a title you like in the field Watermark Text Enter your Watermark text into th
313. y on page 13 15 6 Tostart scanning your document click the Scan button in the Scan dialog box 13 12 HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS PreScanning to crop a portion you want to scan using the scanner glass The Preview button is used to preview an image for cropping any unwanted portions from the image When you are satisfied with the preview click the Scan button from the scanner window to scan the image Place the original face down on the scanner glass 2 Make sure you selected Flatbed in the Paper source pull down box A Scan using Brother XXXXXXXXKX What do you want to scan Paper source A Select an option below for the type of picture you want to scan san Color picture dade O Grayscale picture wi O Black and white picture or text g Custom Settings You can also Adjust the quality of the scanned picture Scanning area Preview Scan Cancel 3 Select the picture type B HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 13 13 4 in the Scan dialog box click the Preview button The entire Original will be scanned into the PC and will appear in the scanning area 5 Select the portion you want to scan by clicking the left mouse button and dragging it over the area Scanning area 6 if you require advanced settings click Picture Type from the Adjust the quality of the scanned picture C You can select Brightness Contrast Resolution and Advanced Properties Click the OK bu
314. y or Fine Copy To change any of the settings for the mode click Modify Settings 14 8 USNGTHEBROTHER CONTROL CENTER FOR WINDOWS 59898SE ME 2000 PROFESSIONAL AND WINDOWS NT WS4 0 Destination folder PaperPort Folder Se lect this checkbox to scan the original into your PaperPort folder Other Folder Select this checkbox to scan the original as another file type or to store it in another directory folder File lf you selected Other folder from the pull down list select the type of file PaperPort Image Item max PaperPort Self Viewing exe PaperPort Browser Viewable htm PaperPort 5 0 Image Item max PaperPort 4 0 Image Item max PaperPort 3 0 Image Item max Windows Bitmap bmp PC Paintbrush pcx PCX Multi page dcx JPEG jpg TIFF Uncompressed tif TIFF Group 4 tif TIFF Class F tif TIFF Multi page Uncompressed tif TIFF Multi page Group 4 tif TIFF Multi page Class F tif Portable Network Graphics png FlashPix fpx To Search your system for the directory and folder you want click the Browse button Click OK to save your settings USING THE BROTHERCONTROL CENTER FOR WINDOWS 95 99 98S EME 2000 PROFESSIONAL AND WINDOWS NT WS 40 14 9 Scan to E mail Scanner Setting F xXing Filing and Copying Modify Settings r EMail Application EMail Application Dutlook Express o EMail Settings To access Scan to E mail Co

Brother MFC8820D All in One Printer User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents